diff --git a/IEEEtran.cls b/IEEEtran.cls deleted file mode 100644 index 14ccbb8..0000000 --- a/IEEEtran.cls +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4721 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% IEEEtran.cls 2007/03/05 version V1.7a -%% -%% -%% This is the official IEEE LaTeX class for authors of the Institute of -%% Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and -%% conferences. -%% -%% Support sites: -%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ -%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/ -%% and -%% http://www.ieee.org/ -%% -%% Based on the original 1993 IEEEtran.cls, but with many bug fixes -%% and enhancements (from both JVH and MDS) over the 1996/7 version. -%% -%% -%% Contributors: -%% Gerry Murray (1993), Silvano Balemi (1993), -%% Jon Dixon (1996), Peter N"uchter (1996), -%% Juergen von Hagen (2000), and Michael Shell (2001-2007) -%% -%% -%% Copyright (c) 1993-2000 by Gerry Murray, Silvano Balemi, -%% Jon Dixon, Peter N"uchter, -%% Juergen von Hagen -%% and -%% Copyright (c) 2001-2007 by Michael Shell -%% -%% Current maintainer (V1.3 to V1.7): Michael Shell -%% See: -%% http://www.michaelshell.org/ -%% for current contact information. -%% -%% Special thanks to Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau -%% for allowing the inclusion of the \@ifmtarg command -%% from their ifmtarg LaTeX package. -%% -%%************************************************************************* -%% Legal Notice: -%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or -%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! -%% User assumes all risk. -%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for -%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental, -%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse -%% of any information contained here. -%% -%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not -%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE. -%% -%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) -%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used, -%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included -%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released -%% 2003/12/01 or later. -%% Retain all contribution notices and credits. -%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including ** -%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. ** -%% -%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex, -%% bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex -%% -%% Major changes to the user interface should be indicated by an -%% increase in the version numbers. If a version is a beta, it will -%% be indicated with a BETA suffix, i.e., 1.4 BETA. -%% Small changes can be indicated by appending letters to the version -%% such as "IEEEtran_v14a.cls". -%% In all cases, \Providesclass, any \typeout messages to the user, -%% \IEEEtransversionmajor and \IEEEtransversionminor must reflect the -%% correct version information. -%% The changes should also be documented via source comments. -%%************************************************************************* -%% -% -% Available class options -% e.g., \documentclass[10pt,conference]{IEEEtran} -% -% *** choose only one from each category *** -% -% 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt -% Sets normal font size. The default is 10pt. -% -% conference, journal, technote, peerreview, peerreviewca -% determines format mode - conference papers, journal papers, -% correspondence papers (technotes), or peer review papers. The user -% should also select 9pt when using technote. peerreview is like -% journal mode, but provides for a single-column "cover" title page for -% anonymous peer review. The paper title (without the author names) is -% repeated at the top of the page after the cover page. For peer review -% papers, the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle command must be executed (will -% automatically be ignored for non-peerreview modes) at the place the -% cover page is to end, usually just after the abstract (keywords are -% not normally used with peer review papers). peerreviewca is like -% peerreview, but allows the author names to be entered and formatted -% as with conference mode so that author affiliation and contact -% information can be easily seen on the cover page. -% The default is journal. -% -% draft, draftcls, draftclsnofoot, final -% determines if paper is formatted as a widely spaced draft (for -% handwritten editor comments) or as a properly typeset final version. -% draftcls restricts draft mode to the class file while all other LaTeX -% packages (i.e., \usepackage{graphicx}) will behave as final - allows -% for a draft paper with visible figures, etc. draftclsnofoot is like -% draftcls, but does not display the date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot -% of the pages. If using one of the draft modes, the user will probably -% also want to select onecolumn. -% The default is final. -% -% letterpaper, a4paper -% determines paper size: 8.5in X 11in or 210mm X 297mm. CHANGING THE PAPER -% SIZE WILL NOT ALTER THE TYPESETTING OF THE DOCUMENT - ONLY THE MARGINS -% WILL BE AFFECTED. In particular, documents using the a4paper option will -% have reduced side margins (A4 is narrower than US letter) and a longer -% bottom margin (A4 is longer than US letter). For both cases, the top -% margins will be the same and the text will be horizontally centered. -% For final submission to IEEE, authors should use US letter (8.5 X 11in) -% paper. Note that authors should ensure that all post-processing -% (ps, pdf, etc.) uses the same paper specificiation as the .tex document. -% Problems here are by far the number one reason for incorrect margins. -% IEEEtran will automatically set the default paper size under pdflatex -% (without requiring a change to pdftex.cfg), so this issue is more -% important to dvips users. Fix config.ps, config.pdf, or ~/.dvipsrc for -% dvips, or use the dvips -t papersize option instead as needed. See the -% testflow documentation -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow -% for more details on dvips paper size configuration. -% The default is letterpaper. -% -% oneside, twoside -% determines if layout follows single sided or two sided (duplex) -% printing. The only notable change is with the headings at the top of -% the pages. -% The default is oneside. -% -% onecolumn, twocolumn -% determines if text is organized into one or two columns per page. One -% column mode is usually used only with draft papers. -% The default is twocolumn. -% -% compsoc -% Use the format of the IEEE Computer Society. -% -% romanappendices -% Use the "Appendix I" convention when numbering appendices. IEEEtran.cls -% now defaults to Alpha "Appendix A" convention - the opposite of what -% v1.6b and earlier did. -% -% captionsoff -% disables the display of the figure/table captions. Some IEEE journals -% request that captions be removed and figures/tables be put on pages -% of their own at the end of an initial paper submission. The endfloat -% package can be used with this class option to achieve this format. -% -% nofonttune -% turns off tuning of the font interword spacing. Maybe useful to those -% not using the standard Times fonts or for those who have already "tuned" -% their fonts. -% The default is to enable IEEEtran to tune font parameters. -% -% -%---------- -% Available CLASSINPUTs provided (all are macros unless otherwise noted): -% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch -% \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin -% \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin -% \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin -% \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin -% -% Available CLASSINFOs provided: -% \ifCLASSINFOpdf (TeX if conditional) -% \CLASSINFOpaperwidth (macro) -% \CLASSINFOpaperheight (macro) -% \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip (length) -% \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (length) -% -% Available CLASSOPTIONs provided: -% all class option flags (TeX if conditionals) unless otherwise noted, -% e.g., \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff -% point size options provided as a single macro: -% \CLASSOPTIONpt -% which will be defined as 9, 10, 11, or 12 depending on the document's -% normalsize point size. -% also, class option peerreviewca implies the use of class option peerreview -% and classoption draft implies the use of class option draftcls - - - - - -\ProvidesClass{IEEEtran}[2007/03/05 V1.7a by Michael Shell] -\typeout{-- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information.} -\typeout{-- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} - -% IEEEtran.cls version numbers, provided as of V1.3 -% These values serve as a way a .tex file can -% determine if the new features are provided. -% The version number of this IEEEtrans.cls can be obtained from -% these values. i.e., V1.4 -% KEEP THESE AS INTEGERS! i.e., NO {4a} or anything like that- -% (no need to enumerate "a" minor changes here) -\def\IEEEtransversionmajor{1} -\def\IEEEtransversionminor{7} - -% These do nothing, but provide them like in article.cls -\newif\if@restonecol -\newif\if@titlepage - - -% class option conditionals -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONonecolumn \CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn \CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONoneside \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside \CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONfinal \CLASSOPTIONfinaltrue -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraft \CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONjournal \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote \CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune \CLASSOPTIONnofonttunefalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff \CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofffalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc \CLASSOPTIONcompsocfalse - -\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices \CLASSOPTIONromanappendicesfalse - - -% class info conditionals - -% indicates if pdf (via pdflatex) output -\newif\ifCLASSINFOpdf \CLASSINFOpdffalse - - -% V1.6b internal flag to show if using a4paper -\newif\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse - - -% V1.6b internal flag to show if using cspaper -\newif\if@IEEEusingcspaper \@IEEEusingcspaperfalse - - -% IEEEtran class scratch pad registers -% dimen -\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA -\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB -% count -\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountA -\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountB -% token list -\newtoks\@IEEEtrantmptoksA - -% we use \CLASSOPTIONpt so that we can ID the point size (even for 9pt docs) -% as well as LaTeX's \@ptsize to retain some compatability with some -% external packages -\def\@ptsize{0} -% LaTeX does not support 9pt, so we set \@ptsize to 0 - same as that of 10pt -\DeclareOption{9pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{9}\def\@ptsize{0}} -\DeclareOption{10pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{10}\def\@ptsize{0}} -\DeclareOption{11pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{11}\def\@ptsize{1}} -\DeclareOption{12pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{12}\def\@ptsize{2}} - - - -\DeclareOption{letterpaper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}% - \setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}% - \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse - \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{letter}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{8.5in}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{11in}} - -\DeclareOption{cspaper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{10.75in}% - \setlength{\paperwidth}{7.875in}% - \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse - \@IEEEusingcspapertrue - \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{letter}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{7.875in}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{10.75in}} - - -\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}% - \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}% - \@IEEEusingAfourpapertrue - \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{a4}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{210mm}% - \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{297mm}} - -\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse - \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue\CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse} -\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue - \CLASSOPTIONtwosidetrue\CLASSOPTIONonesidefalse} - -\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONonecolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumnfalse} -\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse} - -% If the user selects draft, then this class AND any packages -% will go into draft mode. -\DeclareOption{draft}{\CLASSOPTIONdrafttrue\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue - \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} -% draftcls is for a draft mode which will not affect any packages -% used by the document. -\DeclareOption{draftcls}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue - \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} -% draftclsnofoot is like draftcls, but without the footer. -\DeclareOption{draftclsnofoot}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue - \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoottrue} -\DeclareOption{final}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse - \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} - -\DeclareOption{journal}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse - \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} - -\DeclareOption{conference}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse - \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencetrue\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} - -\DeclareOption{technote}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse - \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotetrue} - -\DeclareOption{peerreview}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse - \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} - -\DeclareOption{peerreviewca}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcatrue - \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse} - -\DeclareOption{nofonttune}{\CLASSOPTIONnofonttunetrue} - -\DeclareOption{captionsoff}{\CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofftrue} - -\DeclareOption{compsoc}{\CLASSOPTIONcompsoctrue} - -\DeclareOption{romanappendices}{\CLASSOPTIONromanappendicestrue} - - -% default to US letter paper, 10pt, twocolumn, one sided, final, journal -\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn,oneside,final,journal} -% overrride these defaults per user requests -\ProcessOptions - - - -% Computer Society conditional execution command -\long\def\@IEEEcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\relax#1\relax\fi\relax} -% inverse -\long\def\@IEEEnotcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\relax#1\relax\fi\relax} -% compsoc conference -\long\def\@IEEEcompsocconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax} -% compsoc not conference -\long\def\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax} - - -% IEEE uses Times Roman font, so we'll default to Times. -% These three commands make up the entire times.sty package. -\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv} -\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm} -\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr} - -\@IEEEcompsoconly{\typeout{-- Using IEEE Computer Society mode.}} - -% V1.7 compsoc nonconference papers, use Palatino/Palladio as the main text font, -% not Times Roman. -\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}} - -% enable Times/Palatino main text font -\normalfont\selectfont - - - - - -% V1.7 conference notice message hook -\def\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference{\typeout{}% -\typeout{** Conference Paper **}% -\typeout{Before submitting the final camera ready copy, remember to:}% -\typeout{}% -\typeout{ 1. Manually equalize the lengths of two columns on the last page}% -\typeout{ of your paper;}% -\typeout{}% -\typeout{ 2. Ensure that any PostScript and/or PDF output post-processing}% -\typeout{ uses only Type 1 fonts and that every step in the generation}% -\typeout{ process uses the appropriate paper size.}% -\typeout{}} - - -% we can send console reminder messages to the user here -\AtEndDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference\fi} - - -% warn about the use of single column other than for draft mode -\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\else% - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\else% - \typeout{** ATTENTION: Single column mode is not typically used with IEEE publications.}% - \fi% -\fi - - -% V1.7 improved paper size setting code. -% Set pdfpage and dvips paper sizes. Conditional tests are similar to that -% of ifpdf.sty. Retain within {} to ensure tested macros are never altered, -% even if only effect is to set them to \relax. -% if \pdfoutput is undefined or equal to relax, output a dvips special -{\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}}{% -% pdfoutput is defined and not equal to \relax -% check for pdfpageheight existence just in case someone sets pdfoutput -% under non-pdflatex. If exists, set them regardless of value of \pdfoutput. -\@ifundefined{pdfpageheight}{\relax}{\global\pdfpagewidth\paperwidth -\global\pdfpageheight\paperheight}% -% if using \pdfoutput=0 under pdflatex, send dvips papersize special -\ifcase\pdfoutput -\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}% -\else -% we are using pdf output, set CLASSINFOpdf flag -\global\CLASSINFOpdftrue -\fi}} - -% let the user know the selected papersize -\typeout{-- Using \CLASSINFOpaperwidth\space x \CLASSINFOpaperheight\space -(\CLASSOPTIONpaper)\space paper.} - -\ifCLASSINFOpdf -\typeout{-- Using PDF output.} -\else -\typeout{-- Using DVI output.} -\fi - - -% The idea hinted here is for LaTeX to generate markleft{} and markright{} -% automatically for you after you enter \author{}, \journal{}, -% \journaldate{}, journalvol{}, \journalnum{}, etc. -% However, there may be some backward compatibility issues here as -% well as some special applications for IEEEtran.cls and special issues -% that may require the flexible \markleft{}, \markright{} and/or \markboth{}. -% We'll leave this as an open future suggestion. -%\newcommand{\journal}[1]{\def\@journal{#1}} -%\def\@journal{} - - - -% pointsize values -% used with ifx to determine the document's normal size -\def\@IEEEptsizenine{9} -\def\@IEEEptsizeten{10} -\def\@IEEEptsizeeleven{11} -\def\@IEEEptsizetwelve{12} - - - -% FONT DEFINITIONS (No sizexx.clo file needed) -% V1.6 revised font sizes, displayskip values and -% revised normalsize baselineskip to reduce underfull vbox problems -% on the 58pc = 696pt = 9.5in text height we want -% normalsize #lines/column baselineskip (aka leading) -% 9pt 63 11.0476pt (truncated down) -% 10pt 58 12pt (exact) -% 11pt 52 13.3846pt (truncated down) -% 12pt 50 13.92pt (exact) -% - -% we need to store the nominal baselineskip for the given font size -% in case baselinestretch ever changes. -% this is a dimen, so it will not hold stretch or shrink -\newdimen\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip -\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\baselineskip - -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine -\typeout{-- This is a 9 point document.} -\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{9}{11.0476pt}}% -\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11.0476pt}% -\normalsize -\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt% -\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% -\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt% -\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt -\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{8.5}{10pt}} -\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}} -\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}} -\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}} -% sublargesize is the same as large - 10pt -\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{10}{12pt}} -\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{10}{12pt}} -\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{12}{14pt}} -\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{14}{17pt}} -\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{17}{20pt}} -\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{20}{24pt}} -\fi - - -% Check if we have selected 10 points -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten -\typeout{-- This is a 10 point document.} -\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{10}{12.00pt}}% -\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{12pt}% -\normalsize -\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt% -\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% -\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus4pt% -\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt -\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{9}{10pt}} -\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}} -\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}} -\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}} -% sublargesize is a tad smaller than large - 11pt -\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{11}{13.4pt}} -\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}} -\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}} -\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}} -\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}} -\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} -\fi - - -% Check if we have selected 11 points -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven -\typeout{-- This is an 11 point document.} -\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{11}{13.3846pt}}% -\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.3846pt}% -\normalsize -\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt% -\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% -\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus5pt% -\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt -\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}} -\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}} -\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}} -\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}} -% sublargesize is the same as large - 12pt -\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{12}{14pt}} -\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}} -\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}} -\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}} -\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}} -\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} -\fi - - -% Check if we have selected 12 points -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve -\typeout{-- This is a 12 point document.} -\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{12}{13.92pt}}% -\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.92pt}% -\normalsize -\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt% -\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip% -\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus6pt% -\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt -\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}} -\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}} -\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}} -\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}} -% sublargesize is the same as large - 14pt -\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{14}{17pt}} -\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{14}{17pt}} -\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{17}{20pt}} -\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{20}{24pt}} -\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{22}{26pt}} -\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}} -\fi - - -% V1.6 The Computer Modern Fonts will issue a substitution warning for -% 24pt titles (24.88pt is used instead) increase the substitution -% tolerance to turn off this warning -\def\fontsubfuzz{.9pt} -% However, the default (and correct) Times font will scale exactly as needed. - - -% warn the user in case they forget to use the 9pt option with -% technote -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\else% - \typeout{** ATTENTION: Technotes are normally 9pt documents.}% - \fi% -\fi - - -% V1.7 -% Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with -% OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use -% available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts. -\def\@IEEEstringptm{ptm} % Times Roman family -\def\@IEEEstringppl{ppl} % Palatino Roman family -\def\@IEEEstringphv{phv} % Helvetica Sans Serif family -\def\@IEEEstringpcr{pcr} % Courier typewriter family -\def\@IEEEstringcmtt{cmtt} % Computer Modern typewriter family -\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textunderscore}{\leavevmode -\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringpcr\string_\else -\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringcmtt\string_\else -\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringptm\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else -\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringppl\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else -\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringphv\kern -0.03em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.62em\@height 0.52pt\kern -0.33ex}\kern -0.03em\else -\kern 0.09em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.6em\@height 0.44pt\kern -0.63pt\kern -0.42ex}\kern 0.09em\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax} - - - - -% set the default \baselinestretch -\def\baselinestretch{1} -\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \def\baselinestretch{1.5}% default baselinestretch for draft modes -\fi - - -% process CLASSINPUT baselinestretch -\ifx\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch\@IEEEundefined -\else - \edef\baselinestretch{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch} % user CLASSINPUT override - \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding \string\baselinestretch\space to - \baselinestretch\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} -\fi - -\normalsize % make \baselinestretch take affect - - - - -% store the normalsize baselineskip -\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip -\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\baselineskip\relax -% and the normalsize unity (baselinestretch=1) baselineskip -% we could save a register by giving the user access to -% \@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip. However, let's protect -% its read only internal status -\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip -\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\relax -% store the nominal value of jot -\newdimen\IEEEnormaljot -\IEEEnormaljot=0.25\baselineskip\relax - -% set \jot -\jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax - - - - -% V1.6, we are now going to fine tune the interword spacing -% The default interword glue for Times under TeX appears to use a -% nominal interword spacing of 25% (relative to the font size, i.e., 1em) -% a maximum of 40% and a minimum of 19%. -% For example, 10pt text uses an interword glue of: -% -% 2.5pt plus 1.49998pt minus 0.59998pt -% -% However, IEEE allows for a more generous range which reduces the need -% for hyphenation, especially for two column text. Furthermore, IEEE -% tends to use a little bit more nominal space between the words. -% IEEE's interword spacing percentages appear to be: -% 35% nominal -% 23% minimum -% 50% maximum -% (They may even be using a tad more for the largest fonts such as 24pt.) -% -% for bold text, IEEE increases the spacing a little more: -% 37.5% nominal -% 23% minimum -% 55% maximum - -% here are the interword spacing ratios we'll use -% for medium (normal weight) -\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioM{0.35} -\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM{0.23} -\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM{0.50} - -% for bold -\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioB{0.375} -\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB{0.23} -\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB{0.55} - - -% command to revise the interword spacing for the current font under TeX: -% \fontdimen2 = nominal interword space -% \fontdimen3 = interword stretch -% \fontdimen4 = interword shrink -% since all changes to the \fontdimen are global, we can enclose these commands -% in braces to confine any font attribute or length changes -\def\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens#1#2#3{{% -\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\f@size pt}% grab the font size in pt, could use 1em instead. -\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% -\fontdimen2\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax -\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% -\fontdimen3\font=-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax -\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% -\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}% -\fontdimen4\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax}} - -% revise the interword spacing for each font weight -\def\@@IEEEsetfontdimens{{% -\mdseries -\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM}% -\bfseries -\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB}% -}} - -% revise the interword spacing for each font shape -% \slshape is not often used for IEEE work and is not altered here. The \scshape caps are -% already a tad too large in the free LaTeX fonts (as compared to what IEEE uses) so we -% won't alter these either. -\def\@IEEEsetfontdimens{{% -\normalfont -\@@IEEEsetfontdimens -\normalfont\itshape -\@@IEEEsetfontdimens -}} - -% command to revise the interword spacing for each font size (and shape -% and weight). Only the \rmfamily is done here as \ttfamily uses a -% fixed spacing and \sffamily is not used as the main text of IEEE papers. -\def\@IEEEtunefonts{{\selectfont\rmfamily -\tiny\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\scriptsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\footnotesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\small\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\normalsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\sublargesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\large\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\LARGE\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens -\Huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens}} - -% if the nofonttune class option is not given, revise the interword spacing -% now - in case IEEEtran makes any default length measurements, and make -% sure all the default fonts are loaded -\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else -\@IEEEtunefonts -\fi - -% and again at the start of the document in case the user loaded different fonts -\AtBeginDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else\@IEEEtunefonts\fi} - - - -% V1.6 -% LaTeX is a little to quick to use hyphenations -% So, we increase the penalty for their use and raise -% the badness level that triggers an underfull hbox -% warning. The author may still have to tweak things, -% but the appearance will be much better "right out -% of the box" than that under V1.5 and prior. -% TeX default is 50 -\hyphenpenalty=750 -% If we didn't adjust the interword spacing, 2200 might be better. -% The TeX default is 1000 -\hbadness=1350 -% IEEE does not use extra spacing after punctuation -\frenchspacing - -% V1.7 increase this a tad to discourage equation breaks -\binoppenalty=1000 % default 700 -\relpenalty=800 % default 500 - - -% margin note stuff -\marginparsep 10pt -\marginparwidth 20pt -\marginparpush 25pt - - -% if things get too close, go ahead and let them touch -\lineskip 0pt -\normallineskip 0pt -\lineskiplimit 0pt -\normallineskiplimit 0pt - -% The distance from the lower edge of the text body to the -% footline -\footskip 0.4in - -% normally zero, should be relative to font height. -% put in a little rubber to help stop some bad breaks (underfull vboxes) -\parskip 0ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex - -\parindent 1.0em - -\topmargin -49.0pt -\headheight 12pt -\headsep 0.25in - -% use the normal font baselineskip -% so that \topskip is unaffected by changes in \baselinestretch -\topskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip -\textheight 58pc % 9.63in, 696pt -% Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. -% The normal baselineskip for each document point size is used -% to determine these values. -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=63\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 63 lines/page -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=52\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 52 lines/page -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page - - -\columnsep 1pc -\textwidth 41pc % 2 x 21pc + 1pc = 43pc - - -% the default side margins are equal -\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper -\oddsidemargin 14.32mm -\evensidemargin 14.32mm -\else -\oddsidemargin 0.680in -\evensidemargin 0.680in -\fi - -\if@IEEEusingcspaper -\oddsidemargin 0.5in -\evensidemargin 0.5in -\else -\oddsidemargin 0.680in -\evensidemargin 0.680in -\fi -% compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset -\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} -\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} - - - -% adjust margins for conference mode -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference - \topmargin -0.25in - % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} - \textheight 9.25in % The standard for conferences (668.4975pt) - % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=61\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 61 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=56\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 56 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 50 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page -\fi - - -% compsoc conference -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference - % compsoc conference use a larger value for columnsep - \columnsep 0.375in - % compsoc conferences want 1in top margin, 1.125in bottom margin - \topmargin 0in - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-6pt}% we tweak this a tad to better comply with top of line stuff - % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} - \textheight 8.875in % (641.39625pt) - % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page. - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 58 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=53\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 53 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 48 lines/page - \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=46\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi % 46 lines/page - \textwidth 6.5in - % the default side margins are equal - \if@IEEEusingAfourpaper - \oddsidemargin 22.45mm - \evensidemargin 22.45mm - \else - \oddsidemargin 1in - \evensidemargin 1in - \fi - % compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset - \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} - \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} -\fi\fi - - - -% draft mode settings override that of all other modes -% provides a nice 1in margin all around the paper and extra -% space between the lines for editor's comments -\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - % want 1in from top of paper to text - \setlength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}% - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}% - % we want 1in side margins regardless of paper type - \oddsidemargin 0in - \evensidemargin 0in - % set the text width - \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}% - \addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.0in}% - \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}% - \addtolength{\textheight}{-2.0in}% - % digitize textheight to be an integer number of lines. - % this may cause the bottom margin to be off a tad - \addtolength{\textheight}{-1\topskip}% - \divide\textheight by \baselineskip% - \multiply\textheight by \baselineskip% - \addtolength{\textheight}{\topskip}% -\fi - - - -% process CLASSINPUT inner/outer margin -% if inner margin defined, but outer margin not, set outer to inner. -\ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined -\else - \ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined - \edef\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} - \fi -\fi - -\ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined -\else - % if outer margin defined, but inner margin not, set inner to outer. - \ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined - \edef\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} - \fi - \setlength{\oddsidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} - \ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside - \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} - \else - \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} - \fi - \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in} - \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in} - \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth} - \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin} - \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin} - \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding inner side margin to \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\space and - outer side margin to \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} -\fi - - - -% process CLASSINPUT top/bottom text margin -% if toptext margin defined, but bottomtext margin not, set bottomtext to toptext margin -\ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined -\else - \ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined - \edef\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} - \fi -\fi - -\ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined -\else - % if bottomtext margin defined, but toptext margin not, set toptext to bottomtext margin - \ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined - \edef\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin} - \fi - \setlength{\topmargin}{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-1in} - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight} - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep} - \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight} - \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin} - \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin} - % in the default format we use the normal baselineskip as topskip - % we only need 0.7 of this to clear typical top text and we need - % an extra 0.3 spacing at the bottom for descenders. This will - % correct for both. - \addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.3\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip} - \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding top text margin to \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\space and - bottom text margin to \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.} -\fi - - - - - - - -% LIST SPACING CONTROLS - -% Controls the amount of EXTRA spacing -% above and below \trivlist -% Both \list and IED lists override this. -% However, \trivlist will use this as will most -% things built from \trivlist like the \center -% environment. -\topsep 0.5\baselineskip - -% Controls the additional spacing around lists preceded -% or followed by blank lines. IEEE does not increase -% spacing before or after paragraphs so it is set to zero. -% \z@ is the same as zero, but faster. -\partopsep \z@ - -% Controls the spacing between paragraphs in lists. -% IEEE does not increase spacing before or after paragraphs -% so this is also zero. -% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to -% this value DO affect lists (but not IED lists). -\parsep \z@ - -% Controls the extra spacing between list items. -% IEEE does not put extra spacing between items. -% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to this value DO affect -% lists (but not IED lists). -\itemsep \z@ - -% \itemindent is the amount to indent the FIRST line of a list -% item. It is auto set to zero within the \list environment. To alter -% it, you have to do so when you call the \list. -% However, IEEE uses this for the theorem environment -% There is an alternative value for this near \leftmargini below -\itemindent -1em - -% \leftmargin, the spacing from the left margin of the main text to -% the left of the main body of a list item is set by \list. -% Hence this statement does nothing for lists. -% But, quote and verse do use it for indention. -\leftmargin 2em - -% we retain this stuff from the older IEEEtran.cls so that \list -% will work the same way as before. However, itemize, enumerate and -% description (IED) could care less about what these are as they -% all are overridden. -\leftmargini 2em -%\itemindent 2em % Alternative values: sometimes used. -%\leftmargini 0em -\leftmarginii 1em -\leftmarginiii 1.5em -\leftmarginiv 1.5em -\leftmarginv 1.0em -\leftmarginvi 1.0em -\labelsep 0.5em -\labelwidth \z@ - - -% The old IEEEtran.cls behavior of \list is retained. -% However, the new V1.3 IED list environments override all the -% @list stuff (\@listX is called within \list for the -% appropriate level just before the user's list_decl is called). -% \topsep is now 2pt as IEEE puts a little extra space around -% lists - used by those non-IED macros that depend on \list. -% Note that \parsep and \itemsep are not redefined as in -% the sizexx.clo \@listX (which article.cls uses) so global changes -% of these values DO affect \list -% -\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt} -\let\@listI\@listi -\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii\labelwidth\leftmarginii% - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} -\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii\labelwidth\leftmarginiii% - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} -\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv\labelwidth\leftmarginiv% - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} -\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv\labelwidth\leftmarginv% - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} -\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi\labelwidth\leftmarginvi% - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt} - - -% IEEE uses 5) not 5. -\def\labelenumi{\theenumi)} \def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}} - -% IEEE uses a) not (a) -\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)} \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}} - -% IEEE uses iii) not iii. -\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii)} \def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} - -% IEEE uses A) not A. -\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv)} \def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}} - -% exactly the same as in article.cls -\def\p@enumii{\theenumi} -\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} -\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii} - -% itemized list label styles -\def\labelitemi{$\scriptstyle\bullet$} -\def\labelitemii{\textbf{--}} -\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$} -\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$} - - - -% **** V1.3 ENHANCEMENTS **** -% Itemize, Enumerate and Description (IED) List Controls -% *************************** -% -% -% IEEE seems to use at least two different values by -% which ITEMIZED list labels are indented to the right -% For The Journal of Lightwave Technology (JLT) and The Journal -% on Selected Areas in Communications (JSAC), they tend to use -% an indention equal to \parindent. For Transactions on Communications -% they tend to indent ITEMIZED lists a little more--- 1.3\parindent. -% We'll provide both values here for you so that you can choose -% which one you like in your document using a command such as: -% setlength{\IEEEilabelindent}{\IEEEilabelindentB} -\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentA -\IEEEilabelindentA \parindent - -\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentB -\IEEEilabelindentB 1.3\parindent -% However, we'll default to using \parindent -% which makes more sense to me -\newdimen\IEEEilabelindent -\IEEEilabelindent \IEEEilabelindentA - - -% This controls the default amount the enumerated list labels -% are indented to the right. -% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention -\newdimen\IEEEelabelindent -\IEEEelabelindent \parindent - -% This controls the default amount the description list labels -% are indented to the right. -% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention -\newdimen\IEEEdlabelindent -\IEEEdlabelindent \parindent - -% This is the value actually used within the IED lists. -% The IED environments automatically set its value to -% one of the three values above, so global changes do -% not have any effect -\newdimen\IEEElabelindent -\IEEElabelindent \parindent - -% The actual amount labels will be indented is -% \IEEElabelindent multiplied by the factor below -% corresponding to the level of nesting depth -% This provides a means by which the user can -% alter the effective \IEEElabelindent for deeper -% levels -% There may not be such a thing as correct "standard IEEE" -% values. What IEEE actually does may depend on the specific -% circumstances. -% The first list level almost always has full indention. -% The second levels I've seen have only 75% of the normal indentation -% Three level or greater nestings are very rare. I am guessing -% that they don't use any indentation. -\def\IEEElabelindentfactori{1.0} % almost always one -\def\IEEElabelindentfactorii{0.75} % 0.0 or 1.0 may be used in some cases -\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriii{0.0} % 0.75? 0.5? 0.0? -\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriv{0.0} -\def\IEEElabelindentfactorv{0.0} -\def\IEEElabelindentfactorvi{0.0} - -% value actually used within IED lists, it is auto -% set to one of the 6 values above -% global changes here have no effect -\def\IEEElabelindentfactor{1.0} - -% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED -% list labels and the list text, when normal text is used for -% the labels. -\newdimen\IEEEiednormlabelsep -\IEEEiednormlabelsep 0.6em - -% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED -% list labels and the list text, when math symbols are used for -% the labels (nomenclature lists). IEEE usually increases the -% spacing in these cases -\newdimen\IEEEiedmathlabelsep -\IEEEiedmathlabelsep 1.2em - -% This controls the extra vertical separation put above and -% below each IED list. IEEE usually puts a little extra spacing -% around each list. However, this spacing is barely noticeable. -\newskip\IEEEiedtopsep -\IEEEiedtopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt - - -% This command is executed within each IED list environment -% at the beginning of the list. You can use this to set the -% parameters for some/all your IED list(s) without disturbing -% global parameters that affect things other than lists. -% i.e., renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\setlength{\labelsep}{5em}} -% will alter the \labelsep for the next list(s) until -% \IEEEiedlistdecl is redefined. -\def\IEEEiedlistdecl{\relax} - -% This command provides an easy way to set \leftmargin based -% on the \labelwidth, \labelsep and the argument \IEEElabelindent -% Usage: \IEEEcalcleftmargin{width-to-indent-the-label} -% output is in the \leftmargin variable, i.e., effectively: -% \leftmargin = argument + \labelwidth + \labelsep -% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % -\def\IEEEcalcleftmargin#1{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}% -\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% -\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}} - -% This command provides an easy way to set \labelwidth to the -% width of the given text. It is the same as -% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{label-text} -% and useful as a shorter alternative. -% Typically used to set \labelwidth to be the width -% of the longest label in the list -\def\IEEEsetlabelwidth#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}} - -% When this command is executed, IED lists will use the -% IEEEiedmathlabelsep label separation rather than the normal -% spacing. To have an effect, this command must be executed via -% the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list -% environments. -\def\IEEEusemathlabelsep{\setlength{\labelsep}{\IEEEiedmathlabelsep}} - -% A flag which controls whether the IED lists automatically -% calculate \leftmargin from \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and \labelsep -% Useful if you want to specify your own \leftmargin -% This flag must be set (\IEEEnocalcleftmargintrue or \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse) -% via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list -% environments to have an effect. -\newif\ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin -\IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse - -% A flag which controls whether \IEEElabelindent is multiplied by -% the \IEEElabelindentfactor for each list level. -% This flag must be set via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option -% of the IED list environments to have an effect. -\newif\ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor -\IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse - - -% internal variable to indicate type of IED label -% justification -% 0 - left; 1 - center; 2 - right -\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0} - - -% commands to allow the user to control IED -% label justifications. Use these commands within -% the IED environment option or in the \IEEEiedlistdecl -% Note that changing the normal list justifications -% is nonstandard and IEEE may not like it if you do so! -% I include these commands as they may be helpful to -% those who are using these enhanced list controls for -% other non-IEEE related LaTeX work. -% itemize and enumerate automatically default to right -% justification, description defaults to left. -\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}}%left -\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{1}}%center -\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}}%right - - - - -% commands to save to and restore from the list parameter copies -% this allows us to set all the list parameters within -% the list_decl and prevent \list (and its \@list) -% from overriding any of our parameters -% V1.6 use \edefs instead of dimen's to conserve dimen registers -% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % -\def\@IEEEsavelistparams{\edef\@IEEEiedtopsep{\the\topsep}% -\edef\@IEEEiedlabelwidth{\the\labelwidth}% -\edef\@IEEEiedlabelsep{\the\labelsep}% -\edef\@IEEEiedleftmargin{\the\leftmargin}% -\edef\@IEEEiedpartopsep{\the\partopsep}% -\edef\@IEEEiedparsep{\the\parsep}% -\edef\@IEEEieditemsep{\the\itemsep}% -\edef\@IEEEiedrightmargin{\the\rightmargin}% -\edef\@IEEEiedlistparindent{\the\listparindent}% -\edef\@IEEEieditemindent{\the\itemindent}} - -% Note controlled spacing here -\def\@IEEErestorelistparams{\topsep\@IEEEiedtopsep\relax% -\labelwidth\@IEEEiedlabelwidth\relax% -\labelsep\@IEEEiedlabelsep\relax% -\leftmargin\@IEEEiedleftmargin\relax% -\partopsep\@IEEEiedpartopsep\relax% -\parsep\@IEEEiedparsep\relax% -\itemsep\@IEEEieditemsep\relax% -\rightmargin\@IEEEiedrightmargin\relax% -\listparindent\@IEEEiedlistparindent\relax% -\itemindent\@IEEEieditemindent\relax} - - -% v1.6b provide original LaTeX IED list environments -% note that latex.ltx defines \itemize and \enumerate, but not \description -% which must be created by the base classes -% save original LaTeX itemize and enumerate -\let\LaTeXitemize\itemize -\let\endLaTeXitemize\enditemize -\let\LaTeXenumerate\enumerate -\let\endLaTeXenumerate\endenumerate - -% provide original LaTeX description environment from article.cls -\newenvironment{LaTeXdescription} - {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin - \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}} - {\endlist} -\newcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep - \normalfont\bfseries #1} - - -% override LaTeX's default IED lists -\def\itemize{\@IEEEitemize} -\def\enditemize{\@endIEEEitemize} -\def\enumerate{\@IEEEenumerate} -\def\endenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate} -\def\description{\@IEEEdescription} -\def\enddescription{\@endIEEEdescription} - -% provide the user with aliases - may help those using packages that -% override itemize, enumerate, or description -\def\IEEEitemize{\@IEEEitemize} -\def\endIEEEitemize{\@endIEEEitemize} -\def\IEEEenumerate{\@IEEEenumerate} -\def\endIEEEenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate} -\def\IEEEdescription{\@IEEEdescription} -\def\endIEEEdescription{\@endIEEEdescription} - - -% V1.6 we want to keep the IEEEtran IED list definitions as our own internal -% commands so they are protected against redefinition -\def\@IEEEitemize{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEitemize}{\@@IEEEitemize[\relax]}} -\def\@IEEEenumerate{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEenumerate}{\@@IEEEenumerate[\relax]}} -\def\@IEEEdescription{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEdescription}{\@@IEEEdescription[\relax]}} -\def\@endIEEEitemize{\endlist} -\def\@endIEEEenumerate{\endlist} -\def\@endIEEEdescription{\endlist} - - -% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS -% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS -% IEEEtran itemized list MDS 1/2001 -% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % -\def\@@IEEEitemize[#1]{% - \ifnum\@itemdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else% - \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% - \advance\@itemdepth\@ne% - \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}% - % get the labelindentfactor for this level - \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be - \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% - \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment - \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default - % set other defaults - \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% - \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% - \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% - \IEEElabelindent\IEEEilabelindent% - \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% - \partopsep 0ex% - \parsep 0ex% - \itemsep 0ex% - \rightmargin 0em% - \listparindent 0em% - \itemindent 0em% - % calculate the label width - % the user can override this later if - % they specified a \labelwidth - \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\csname labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth\endcsname}% - \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters - \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}{% - \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes - % to our globals - \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel - \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters - #1\relax% - % If the user has requested not to use the - % labelindent factor, don't revise \labelindent - \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% - \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\labelindent% - \fi% - % Unless the user has requested otherwise, - % calculate our left margin based - % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and - % \labelsep - \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% - \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}% - \fi}\fi\fi}% - - -% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS -% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS -% IEEEtran enumerate list MDS 1/2001 -% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % -\def\@@IEEEenumerate[#1]{% - \ifnum\@enumdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else% - \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% - \advance\@enumdepth\@ne% - \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}% - % get the labelindentfactor for this level - \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be - \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% - \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment - \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default - % set other defaults - \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% - \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% - \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% - \IEEElabelindent\IEEEelabelindent% - \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% - \partopsep 0ex% - \parsep 0ex% - \itemsep 0ex% - \rightmargin 0em% - \listparindent 0em% - \itemindent 0em% - % calculate the label width - % We'll set it to the width suitable for all labels using - % normalfont 1) to 9) - % The user can override this later - \settowidth{\labelwidth}{9)}% - \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters - \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}{\usecounter{\@enumctr}% - \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes - % to our globals - \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel - \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters - #1\relax% - % If the user has requested not to use the - % IEEElabelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent - \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% - \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent% - \fi% - % Unless the user has requested otherwise, - % calculate our left margin based - % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and - % \labelsep - \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% - \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}% - \fi}\fi\fi}% - - -% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS -% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS -% IEEEtran description list MDS 1/2001 -% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with % -\def\@@IEEEdescription[#1]{% - \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else% - % get the labelindentfactor for this level - \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be - \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}% - \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment - \def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}% left justified labels are default - % set other defaults - \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse% - \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse% - \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% - \IEEElabelindent\IEEEdlabelindent% - % assume normal labelsep - \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep% - \partopsep 0ex% - \parsep 0ex% - \itemsep 0ex% - \rightmargin 0em% - \listparindent 0em% - \itemindent 0em% - % Bogus label width in case the user forgets - % to set it. - % TIP: If you want to see what a variable's width is you - % can use the TeX command \showthe\width-variable to - % display it on the screen during compilation - % (This might be helpful to know when you need to find out - % which label is the widest) - \settowidth{\labelwidth}{Hello}% - \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters - \list{}{\@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes - % to our globals - \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel - \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters - #1\relax% - % If the user has requested not to use the - % labelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent - \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax% - \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent% - \fi% - % Unless the user has requested otherwise, - % calculate our left margin based - % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and - % \labelsep - \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax% - \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}\relax% - \fi}\fi} - -% v1.6b we use one makelabel that does justification as needed. -\def\@IEEEiedmakelabel#1{\relax\if\@IEEEiedjustify 0\relax -\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{\normalfont #1}\else -\if\@IEEEiedjustify 1\relax -\makebox[\labelwidth][c]{\normalfont #1}\else -\makebox[\labelwidth][r]{\normalfont #1}\fi\fi} - - -% VERSE and QUOTE -% V1.7 define environments with newenvironment -\newenvironment{verse}{\let\\=\@centercr - \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em \listparindent \itemindent - \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item\relax} - {\endlist} -\newenvironment{quotation}{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em \itemindent\listparindent - \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item\relax} - {\endlist} -\newenvironment{quote}{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax} - {\endlist} - - -% \titlepage -% provided only for backward compatibility. \maketitle is the correct -% way to create the title page. -\newif\if@restonecol -\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn - \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@} -\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi} - -% standard values from article.cls -\arraycolsep 5pt -\arrayrulewidth .4pt -\doublerulesep 2pt - -\tabcolsep 6pt -\tabbingsep 0.5em - - -%% FOOTNOTES -% -%\skip\footins 10pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -% V1.6 respond to changes in font size -% space added above the footnotes (if present) -\skip\footins 0.9\baselineskip plus 0.4\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip - -% V1.6, we need to make \footnotesep responsive to changes -% in \baselineskip or strange spacings will result when in -% draft mode. Here is a little LaTeX secret - \footnotesep -% determines the height of an invisible strut that is placed -% *above* the baseline of footnotes after the first. Since -% LaTeX considers the space for characters to be 0.7/baselineskip -% above the baseline and 0.3/baselineskip below it, we need to -% use 0.7/baselineskip as a \footnotesep to maintain equal spacing -% between all the lines of the footnotes. IEEE often uses a tad -% more, so use 0.8\baselineskip. This slightly larger value also helps -% the text to clear the footnote marks. Note that \thanks in IEEEtran -% uses its own value of \footnotesep which is set in \maketitle. -{\footnotesize -\global\footnotesep 0.8\baselineskip} - - -\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins -\fboxsep = 3pt -\fboxrule = .4pt -% V1.6 use 1em, then use LaTeX2e's \@makefnmark -% Note that IEEE normally *left* aligns the footnote marks, so we don't need -% box resizing tricks here. -\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1}% V1.6 use 1em -% V1.7 compsoc does not use superscipts for footnote marks -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark.\ }} -\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark}#1} -\fi - -% IEEE does not use footnote rules -\def\footnoterule{} - -% V1.7 for compsoc, IEEE uses a footnote rule only for \thanks. We devise a "one-shot" -% system to implement this. -\newif\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule -\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\footnoterule{\relax\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule -\kern-5pt -\hbox to \columnwidth{\hfill\vrule width 0.5\columnwidth height 0.4pt\hfill} -\kern4.6pt -\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse -\else -\relax -\fi} -\fi - -% V1.6 do not allow LaTeX to break a footnote across multiple pages -\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000 - -% V1.6 discourage breaks within equations -% Note that amsmath normally sets this to 10000, -% but LaTeX2e normally uses 100. -\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 - -% default allows section depth up to /paragraph -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} - -% technotes do not allow /paragraph -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote - \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} -\fi -% neither do compsoc conferences -\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}} - - -\newcounter{section} -\newcounter{subsection}[section] -\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection] -\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection] - -% used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray as other packages may -% have their own, different, implementations -\newcounter{IEEEsubequation}[equation] - -% as shown when called by user from \ref, \label and in table of contents -\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}} % 1 -\def\theIEEEsubequation{\theequation\alph{IEEEsubequation}} % 1a (used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray) -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -% compsoc is all arabic -\def\thesection{\arabic{section}} -\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}} -\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} -\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} -\else -\def\thesection{\Roman{section}} % I -% V1.7, \mbox prevents breaks around - -\def\thesubsection{\mbox{\thesection-\Alph{subsection}}} % I-A -% V1.7 use I-A1 format used by IEEE rather than I-A.1 -\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\arabic{subsubsection}} % I-A1 -\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\alph{paragraph}} % I-A1a -\fi - -% From Heiko Oberdiek. Because of the \mbox in \thesubsection, we need to -% tell hyperref to disable the \mbox command when making PDF bookmarks. -% This done already with hyperref.sty version 6.74o and later, but -% it will not hurt to do it here again for users of older versions. -\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPreHook}{\let\pdfstringdefPreHook\@empty}{}% -\g@addto@macro\pdfstringdefPreHook{\let\mbox\relax} - - -% Main text forms (how shown in main text headings) -% V1.6, using \thesection in \thesectiondis allows changes -% in the former to automatically appear in the latter -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference - \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.} - \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis\arabic{subsection}.} - \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis\arabic{subsubsection}.} - \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis\arabic{paragraph}.} - \else% compsoc not conferencs - \def\thesectiondis{\thesection} - \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis.\arabic{subsection}} - \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis.\arabic{subsubsection}} - \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis.\arabic{paragraph}} - \fi -\else% not compsoc - \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.} % I. - \def\thesubsectiondis{\Alph{subsection}.} % B. - \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\arabic{subsubsection})} % 3) - \def\theparagraphdis{\alph{paragraph})} % d) -\fi - -% just like LaTeX2e's \@eqnnum -\def\theequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theequation)}}% (1) -% IEEEsubequation used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray -\def\theIEEEsubequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theIEEEsubequation)}}% (1a) -% redirect LaTeX2e's equation number display and all that depend on -% it, through IEEEtran's \theequationdis -\def\@eqnnum{\theequationdis} - - - -% V1.7 provide string macros as article.cls does -\def\contentsname{Contents} -\def\listfigurename{List of Figures} -\def\listtablename{List of Tables} -\def\refname{References} -\def\indexname{Index} -\def\figurename{Fig.} -\def\tablename{TABLE} -\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\figurename{Figure}\def\tablename{Table}} -\def\partname{Part} -\def\appendixname{Appendix} -\def\abstractname{Abstract} -% IEEE specific names -\def\IEEEkeywordsname{Index Terms} -\def\IEEEproofname{Proof} - - -% LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES AND TABLE OF CONTENTS -% -\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em} -\def\@tocrmarg{2.55em} -\def\@dotsep{4.5} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{3} - -% adjusted some spacings here so that section numbers will not easily -% collide with the section titles. -% VIII; VIII-A; and VIII-A.1 are usually the worst offenders. -% MDS 1/2001 -\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname}\@starttoc{toc}} -\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}% - \@tempdima 2.75em \begingroup \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth% - \parfillskip-\@pnumwidth {\bfseries\leavevmode #1}\hfil\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par% - \endgroup} -% argument format #1:level, #2:labelindent,#3:labelsep -\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.75em}{3.75em}} -\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{6.5em}{4.5em}} -% must provide \l@ defs for ALL sublevels EVEN if tocdepth -% is such as they will not appear in the table of contents -% these defs are how TOC knows what level these things are! -\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.5em}{5.5em}} -\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{6.5em}{6.5em}} -\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename}\@starttoc{lof}} -\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{2.75em}} -\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename}\@starttoc{lot}} -\let\l@table\l@figure - - -%% Definitions for floats -%% -%% Normal Floats -\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip -\textfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip -\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil -\@fpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil -\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil -\def\topfraction{0.9} -\def\bottomfraction{0.4} -\def\floatpagefraction{0.8} -% V1.7, let top floats approach 90% of page -\def\textfraction{0.1} - -%% Double Column Floats -\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip - -\dbltextfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.4\baselineskip -% Note that it would be nice if the rubber here actually worked in LaTeX2e. -% There is a long standing limitation in LaTeX, first discovered (to the best -% of my knowledge) by Alan Jeffrey in 1992. LaTeX ignores the stretchable -% portion of \dbltextfloatsep, and as a result, double column figures can and -% do result in an non-integer number of lines in the main text columns with -% underfull vbox errors as a consequence. A post to comp.text.tex -% by Donald Arseneau confirms that this had not yet been fixed in 1998. -% IEEEtran V1.6 will fix this problem for you in the titles, but it doesn't -% protect you from other double floats. Happy vspace'ing. - -\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil -\@dblfpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil -\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil -\def\dbltopfraction{0.8} -\def\dblfloatpagefraction{0.8} -\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{4} - -\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus 0.2\baselineskip -\setcounter{topnumber}{2} -\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2} -\setcounter{totalnumber}{4} - - - -% article class provides these, we should too. -\newlength\abovecaptionskip -\newlength\belowcaptionskip -% but only \abovecaptionskip is used above figure captions and *below* table -% captions -\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.5\baselineskip} -\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt} -% V1.6 create hooks in case the caption spacing ever needs to be -% overridden by a user -\def\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}% -\def\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}% - - -% 1.6b revise caption system so that \@makecaption uses two arguments -% as with LaTeX2e. Otherwise, there will be problems when using hyperref. -\def\@IEEEtablestring{table} - -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -% V1.7 compsoc \@makecaption -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference -\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% -% test if is a for a figure or table -\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% -% if a table, do table caption -\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}\end{center}% -\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace -% if not a table, format it as a figure -\else -\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}% -\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% -% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }% -\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% -% if caption is shorter than a line, center -\else% -\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% -\fi\fi} -\else% nonconference compsoc -\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% -% test if is a for a figure or table -\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% -% if a table, do table caption -\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #1}\\{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #2}\end{center}% -\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace -% if not a table, format it as a figure -\else -\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}% -\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% -% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }% -\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% -% if caption is shorter than a line, left justify -\else% -\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% -\fi\fi} -\fi - -\else% traditional noncompsoc \@makecaption -\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% -% test if is a for a figure or table -\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring% -% if a table, do table caption -\footnotesize\begin{center}{\normalfont\footnotesize #1}\\{\normalfont\footnotesize\scshape #2}\end{center}% -\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace -% if not a table, format it as a figure -\else -\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace -% 3/2001 use footnotesize, not small; use two nonbreaking spaces, not one -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ #2}% -\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize% -% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ }% -\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\footnotesize\noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}% -% if caption is shorter than a line, center if conference, left justify otherwise -\else% -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% -\else \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% -\fi\fi\fi} -\fi - - - -% V1.7 disable captions class option, do so in a way that retains operation of \label -% within \caption -\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff -\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vspace*{2em}\footnotesize\begin{center}{\footnotesize #1}\end{center}% -\let\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave\label -\let\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax -\def\label##1{\gdef\@IEEEtemplabelargsave{##1}}% -\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#2}% -\let\label\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave -\ifx\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax\else\label{\@IEEEtemplabelargsave}\fi} -\fi - - -% V1.7 define end environments with \def not \let so as to work OK with -% preview-latex -\newcounter{figure} -\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure} -\def\fps@figure{tbp} -\def\ftype@figure{1} -\def\ext@figure{lof} -\def\fnum@figure{\figurename~\thefigure} -\def\figure{\@float{figure}} -\def\endfigure{\end@float} -\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}} -\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat} -\newcounter{table} -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\thetable{\arabic{table}} -\else -\def\thetable{\@Roman\c@table} -\fi -\def\fps@table{tbp} -\def\ftype@table{2} -\def\ext@table{lot} -\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable} -% V1.6 IEEE uses 8pt text for tables -% to default to footnotesize, we hack into LaTeX2e's \@floatboxreset and pray -\def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@float{table}} -\def\endtable{\end@float} -% v1.6b double column tables need to default to footnotesize as well. -\@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}} -\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat} - - - - -%% -%% START OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS -%% -%% Inspired by the concepts, examples, and previous works of LaTeX -%% coders and developers such as Donald Arseneau, Fred Bartlett, -%% David Carlisle, Tony Liu, Frank Mittelbach, Piet van Oostrum, -%% Roland Winkler and Mark Wooding. -%% I don't make the claim that my work here is even near their calibre. ;) - - -% hook to allow easy changeover to IEEEtran.cls/tools.sty error reporting -\def\@IEEEclspkgerror{\ClassError{IEEEtran}} - -\newif\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform% flag to indicate if the environment was called as the star form -\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse - -\newif\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt% tracks if the environment should advance the col counter -% allows a way to make an \IEEEeqnarraybox that can be used within an \IEEEeqnarray -% used by IEEEeqnarraymulticol so that it can work properly in both -\@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue - -\newcount\@IEEEeqnnumcols % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols are defined -\newcount\@IEEEeqncolcnt % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols the user actually used - - -% The default math style used by the columns -\def\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{\displaystyle} -% The default text style used by the columns -% default to using the current font -\def\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle{\relax} - -% like the iedlistdecl but for \IEEEeqnarray -\def\IEEEeqnarraydecl{\relax} -\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl{\relax} - -% \yesnumber is the opposite of \nonumber -% a novel concept with the same def as the equationarray package -% However, we give IEEE versions too since some LaTeX packages such as -% the MDWtools mathenv.sty redefine \nonumber to something else. -\providecommand{\yesnumber}{\global\@eqnswtrue} -\def\IEEEyesnumber{\global\@eqnswtrue} -\def\IEEEnonumber{\global\@eqnswfalse} - - -\def\IEEEyessubnumber{\global\@IEEEissubequationtrue\global\@eqnswtrue% -\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% only do something inside an IEEEeqnarray -\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\addtocounter{equation}{-1}\else\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{1}\fi% -\def\@currentlabel{\p@IEEEsubequation\theIEEEsubequation}\fi} - -% flag to indicate that an equation is a sub equation -\newif\if@IEEEissubequation% -\@IEEEissubequationfalse - -% allows users to "push away" equations that get too close to the equation numbers -\def\IEEEeqnarraynumspace{\hphantom{\if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\else\theequationdis\fi}} - -% provides a way to span multiple columns within IEEEeqnarray environments -% will consider \if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt before globally advancing the -% column counter - so as to work within \IEEEeqnarraybox -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraymulticol{number cols. to span}{col type}{cell text} -\long\def\IEEEeqnarraymulticol#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}% -% check if column is defined -\relax\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#2\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% -\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#2\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#2\endcsname% -\else% if not, error and use default type -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#2" in \string\IEEEeqnarraymulticol.\MessageBreak -Using a default centering column instead}% -{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}% -\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE@IEEEdefault\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST@IEEEdefault\endcsname% -\fi% -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by #1\relax\fi} - -% like \omit, but maintains track of the column counter for \IEEEeqnarray -\def\IEEEeqnarrayomit{\omit\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax\fi} - - -% provides a way to define a letter referenced column type -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcol{col. type letter/name}{pre insertion text}{post insertion text} -\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcol#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#1\endcsname{#2}% -\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#1\endcsname{#3}% -\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname{1}} - - -% provides a way to define a numerically referenced inter-column glue types -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep{col. glue number}{glue definition} -\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\romannumeral #1\endcsname{#2}% -\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\romannumeral #1\endcsname{1}} - - -\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined{1}% just a macro for 1, used for checking undefined column types - - -% expands and appends the given argument to the \@IEEEtrantmptoksA token list -% used to build up the \halign preamble -\def\@IEEEappendtoksA#1{\edef\@@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA #1}}% -\@@IEEEappendtoksA} - -% also appends to \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, but does not expand the argument -% uses \toks8 as a scratchpad register -\def\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA#1{\toks8={#1}% -\edef\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\the\toks8}}% -\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA} - -% define some common column types for the user -% math -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{l}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{c}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{r}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{L}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{C}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{R}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$} -% text -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{s}{\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{t}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{u}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{} - -% vertical rules -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{v}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{vv}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{V}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{VV}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}% -{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth} - -% horizontal rules -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{h}{}{\leaders\hrule height\arrayrulewidth\hfil} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{H}{}{\leaders\vbox{\hrule width\arrayrulewidth\vskip\doublerulesep\hrule width\arrayrulewidth}\hfil} - -% plain -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{x}{}{} -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{X}{$}{$} - -% the default column type to use in the event a column type is not defined -\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{@IEEEdefault}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil} - - -% a zero tabskip (used for "-" col types) -\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt} -% a centering tabskip (used for "+" col types) -\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter{1000pt plus 0pt minus 1000pt} - -% top level default tabskip glues for the start, end, and inter-column -% may be reset within environments not always at the top level, e.g., \IEEEeqnarraybox -\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default start glue -\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default end glue -\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue - - - -% creates a vertical rule that extends from the bottom to the top a a cell -% Provided in case other packages redefine \vline some other way. -% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayvrule[rule thickness] -% If no argument is provided, \arrayrulewidth will be used for the rule thickness. -\newcommand\IEEEeqnarrayvrule[1][\arrayrulewidth]{\vrule\@width#1\relax} - -% creates a blank separator row -% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[separation length][font size commands] -% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax] -% blank arguments inherit the default values -% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers -\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprow{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][\relax]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty% -% get the skip value, based on the font commands -% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3 -% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes -{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}% -\else% -{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}% -\fi% -\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} - -% creates a blank separator row, but omits all the column templates -% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[separation length][font size commands] -% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax] -% blank arguments inherit the default values -% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers -\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][\relax]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty% -% get the skip value, based on the font commands -% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3 -% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes -{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}% -\else% -{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}% -\fi% -\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} - - - -% draws a single rule across all the columns optional -% argument determines the rule width, \arrayrulewidth is the default -% updates column counter as needed and turns off struts -% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[rule line thickness] -\def\IEEEeqnarrayrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]{\leaders\hrule height#1\hfil\relax% put in our rule -% turn off any struts -\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]\relax} - - -% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator row, and then -% another single rule row -% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default -% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing] -\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]}% -{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][\doublerulesep]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% -% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][] -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% -\else% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]\relax% -\fi% -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[\doublerulesep][\relax]% -\else% -\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#2][\relax]% -\fi% -\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}% -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% -\else% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% -\fi% -} - -% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator (cutting) row, and then -% another single rule row -% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default -% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing] -\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[\arrayrulewidth]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]}% -{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][\doublerulesep]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% -% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][] -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% -\else% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% -\fi% -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[\doublerulesep][\relax]% -\else% -\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#2][\relax]% -\fi% -\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}% -% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi% -\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]% -\else% -\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]% -\fi% -} - - - -% inserts a full row's worth of &'s -% relies on \@IEEEeqnnumcols to provide the correct number of columns -% uses \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, \count0 as scratch registers -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}\count0=1\relax% -\loop% add cols if the user did not use them all -\ifnum\count0<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}% -\advance\count0 by 1\relax% update the col count -\repeat% -\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%execute the &'s -} - - - -\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner % flag to indicate if we are within the lines -\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % of an IEEEeqnarray - after the IEEEeqnarraydecl - -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{0pt} % height and depth of IEEEeqnarray struts -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{0pt} - -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{0pt} % default height and depth of -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{0pt} % struts within an IEEEeqnarray - -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{0pt} % saved master strut height -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{0pt} % and depth - -\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut % flag to indicate that the master strut value -\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue % is to be used - - - -% saves the strut height and depth of the master strut -\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave{\relax% -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% -% remove stretchability -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% save values -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{\the\dimen2}} - -% restores the strut height and depth of the master strut -\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore{\relax% -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE\relax% -% remove stretchability -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% restore values -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}} - - -% globally restores the strut height and depth to the -% master values and sets the master strut flag to true -\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset{\relax% -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% -% remove stretchability -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% restore values -\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue} - - -% if the master strut is not to be used, make the current -% values of \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight, \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth -% and the use master strut flag, global -% this allows user strut commands issued in the last column to be carried -% into the isolation/strut column -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus{\relax% -\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut\else% -\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight}% -\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth}% -\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% -\fi} - - - -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{height}{depth}[font size commands] -% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, sets the height -% and depth of both the master and local struts. If called inside -% an IEEEeqnarray line, sets the height and depth of the local strut -% only and sets the flag to indicate the use of the local strut -% values. If the height or depth is left blank, 0.7\normalbaselineskip -% and 0.3\normalbaselineskip will be used, respectively. -% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under -% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current -% font is used. -% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2 -\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}[\relax]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty% -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.7\normalbaselineskip}}% -\skip0=\skip3\relax% -\else% arg one present -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1\relax}}% -\skip0=\skip3\relax% -\fi% if null arg -\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#2}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty% -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.3\normalbaselineskip}}% -\skip2=\skip3\relax% -\else% arg two present -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2\relax}}% -\skip2=\skip3\relax% -\fi% if null arg -% remove stretchability, just to be safe -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth -\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master -\else% outer, have to set master strut too -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut -\fi} - - -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{added height}{added depth}[font size commands] -% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, adds the given height -% and depth to both the master and local struts. -% If called inside an IEEEeqnarray line, adds the given height and depth -% to the local strut only and sets the flag to indicate the use -% of the local strut values. -% In both cases, if a height or depth is left blank, 0pt is used instead. -% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under -% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current -% font is used. -% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2 -\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}[\relax]}} -\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty% -\skip0=0pt\relax% -\else% arg one present -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1}}% -\skip0=\skip3\relax% -\fi% if null arg -\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#2}% -\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty% -\skip2=0pt\relax% -\else% arg two present -{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2}}% -\skip2=\skip3\relax% -\fi% if null arg -% remove stretchability, just to be safe -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth -\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size -% get local strut size -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax% -% add it to the user supplied values -\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax% -\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax% -% update the local strut size -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master -\else% outer, have to set master strut too -% get master strut size -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% -% add it to the user supplied values -\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax% -\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax% -% update the local and master strut sizes -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}% -\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}% -\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut -\fi} - - -% allow user a way to see the struts -\newif\ifIEEEvisiblestruts -\IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse - -% inserts an invisible strut using the master or local strut values -% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \dimen0, \dimen2 -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut{\relax% -\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut -% get master strut size -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax% -\else% -% get local strut size -\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax% -\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax% -\fi% -% remove stretchability, probably not needed -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth -% allow user to see struts if desired -\ifIEEEvisiblestruts% -\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax% -\else% -\vrule width0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi} - - -% creates an invisible strut, useable even outside \IEEEeqnarray -% if \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue, the strut will be visible and 0.2pt wide. -% usage: \IEEEstrut[height][depth][font size commands] -% default is \IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip][0.3\normalbaselineskip][\relax] -% blank arguments inherit the default values -% uses \dimen0, \dimen2, \skip0, \skip2 -\def\IEEEstrut{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEstrut}{\@IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip]}} -\def\@IEEEstrut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEstrut[#1]}{\@@IEEEstrut[#1][0.3\normalbaselineskip]}} -\def\@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]}{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][\relax]}} -\def\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][#3]{\mbox{#3\relax% -\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#1}% -\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty% -\skip0=0.7\normalbaselineskip\relax% -\else% -\skip0=#1\relax% -\fi% -\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#2}% -\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty% -\skip2=0.3\normalbaselineskip\relax% -\else% -\skip2=#2\relax% -\fi% -% remove stretchability, probably not needed -\dimen0\skip0\relax% -\dimen2\skip2\relax% -\ifIEEEvisiblestruts% -\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax% -\else% -\vrule width0.0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}} - - -% enables strut mode by setting a default strut size and then zeroing the -% \baselineskip, \lineskip, \lineskiplimit and \jot -\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutmode{\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0.7\normalbaselineskip}{0.3\normalbaselineskip}[\relax]% -\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt\lineskiplimit=0pt\jot=0pt} - - - -\def\IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarray} -\def\endIEEEeqnarray{\end@IEEEeqnarray} - -\@namedef{IEEEeqnarray*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarray} -\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarray*}{\end@IEEEeqnarray} - - -% \IEEEeqnarray is an enhanced \eqnarray. -% The star form defaults to not putting equation numbers at the end of each row. -% usage: \IEEEeqnarray[decl]{cols} -\def\@IEEEeqnarray{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarray}{\@@IEEEeqnarray[\relax]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarray[#1]#2{% - % default to showing the equation number or not based on whether or not - % the star form was involked - \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse - \else% not the star form - \global\@eqnswtrue - \fi% if star form - \@IEEEissubequationfalse% default to no subequations - \@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse% assume last line is not a sub equation - \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse% not yet within the lines of the halign - \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default - \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise - \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off - % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it - \lineskip=0pt\relax - \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax - \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax% - \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax% - \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math - \@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue% advance the col counter for each col the user uses, - % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build - \stepcounter{equation}% advance equation counter before first line - \setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% no subequation yet - \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% redefine the ref label - \IEEEeqnarraydecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides - #1\relax% allow user to override defaults - \let\\\@IEEEeqnarraycr% replace newline with one that can put in eqn. numbers - \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@% col. count = 0 for first line - \@IEEEbuildpreamble #2\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA - % put in the column for the equation number - \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first - \toks0={##}% - % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the isolation col, this helps with error checking - \@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}% - % add the isolation column - \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}% - % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the equation number col, this helps with error checking - \@IEEEappendtoksA{&\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}% - % add the equation number col to the preamble - \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss\the\toks0\egroup}% - % note \@IEEEeqnnumcols does not count the equation col or isolation col - % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build - \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax - % begin the display alignment - \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines - $$\everycr{}\halign to\displaywidth\bgroup - % "exspand" the preamble - \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr} - -% enter isolation/strut column (or the next column if the user did not use -% every column), record the strut status, complete the columns, do the strut if needed, -% restore counters to correct values and exit -\def\end@IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&\@@IEEEeqnarraycr\egroup% -\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\global\advance\c@IEEEsubequation\m@ne\fi% -\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne% -$$\@ignoretrue} - -% need a way to remember if last line is a subequation -\newif\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation% -\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse - -% IEEEeqnarray uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to -% end rows. This allows for things like \\*[vskip amount] -% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray -% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid -% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the next column -% as there is an isolation/strut column after the user's columns -\def\@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&% save strut status and advance to next column - {\ifnum0=`}\fi - \@ifstar{% - \global\@eqpen\@M\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR - }{% - \global\@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty \@IEEEeqnarrayYCR - }% -} - -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR\z@skip} - -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR[#1]{% - \ifnum0=`{\fi}% - \@@IEEEeqnarraycr - \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}}% - -\def\@@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register - \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by -1\relax% adjust col count because of the isolation column - \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt>\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax - \@IEEEclspkgerror{Too many columns within the IEEEeqnarray\MessageBreak - environment}% - {Use fewer \string &'s or put more columns in the IEEEeqnarry column\MessageBreak - specifications.}\relax% - \else - \loop% add cols if the user did not use them all - \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax - \@IEEEappendtoksA{&}% - \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax% update the col count - \repeat - % this number of &'s will take us the the isolation column - \fi - % execute the &'s - \the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA% - % handle the strut/isolation column - \@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do the strut if needed - \@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray - &% and enter the equation number column - % is this line needs an equation number, display it and advance the - % (sub)equation counters, record what type this line was - \if@eqnsw% - \if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\addtocounter{equation}{1}\stepcounter{IEEEsubequation}% - \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationtrue% - \else% display a standard equation number, initialize the IEEEsubequation counter - \theequationdis\stepcounter{equation}\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% - \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse\fi% - \fi% - % reset the eqnsw flag to indicate default preference of the display of equation numbers - \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse\else\global\@eqnswtrue\fi - \global\@IEEEissubequationfalse% reset the subequation flag - % reset the number of columns the user actually used - \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@\relax - % the real end of the line - \cr} - - - - - -% \IEEEeqnarraybox is like \IEEEeqnarray except the box form puts everything -% inside a vtop, vbox, or vcenter box depending on the letter in the second -% optional argument (t,b,c). Vbox is the default. Unlike \IEEEeqnarray, -% equation numbers are not displayed and \IEEEeqnarraybox can be nested. -% \IEEEeqnarrayboxm is for math mode (like \array) and does not put the vbox -% within an hbox. -% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt is for text mode (like \tabular) and puts the vbox within -% a \hbox{$ $} construct. -% \IEEEeqnarraybox will auto detect whether to use \IEEEeqnarrayboxm or -% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt depending on the math mode. -% The third optional argument specifies the width this box is to be set to - -% natural width is the default. -% The * forms do not add \jot line spacing -% usage: \IEEEeqnarraybox[decl][pos][width]{cols} -\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxm{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxm{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} - -\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxt{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxt{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} - -\def\IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi% -\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\def\endIEEEeqnarraybox{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} - -\@namedef{IEEEeqnarraybox*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi% -\@IEEEeqnarraybox} -\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarraybox*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox} - -% flag to indicate if the \IEEEeqnarraybox needs to put things into an hbox{$ $} -% for \vcenter in non-math mode -\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW% -\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse - -\def\@IEEEeqnarraybox{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox}{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[\relax]}} -\def\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]}{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][b]}} -\def\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]}{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][\relax]}} - -% #1 = decl; #2 = t,b,c; #3 = width, #4 = col specs -\def\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][#3]#4{\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % not yet within the lines of the halign - \@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave% save current master strut values - \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default - \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise - \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off - % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it - \lineskip=0pt\relax% - \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax% - \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax% - \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax% - \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math - % the default end glues are zero for an \IEEEeqnarraybox - \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default start glue - \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default end glue - \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue - \@advanceIEEEeqncolcntfalse% do not advance the col counter for each col the user uses, - % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build - \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides - #1\relax% allow user to override defaults - \let\\\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr% replace newline with one that allows optional spacing - \@IEEEbuildpreamble #4\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA - % add an isolation column to the preamble to stop \\'s {} from getting into the last col - \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first - \toks0={##}% - % add the isolation column to the preamble - \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}% - % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build - \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax - % begin the alignment - \everycr{}% - % use only the very first token to determine the positioning - % this stops some problems when the user uses more than one letter, - % but is probably not worth the effort - % \noindent is used as a delimiter - \def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% - \@IEEEgrabfirstoken#2\relax\relax\noindent - % \@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded - % if we need to put things into and hbox and go into math mode, do so now - \if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW \leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\fi% - % use the appropriate vbox type - \if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken t\relax\vtop\else\if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken c\relax% - \vcenter\else\vbox\fi\fi\bgroup% - \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines - \ifx#3\relax\halign\else\halign to #3\relax\fi% - \bgroup - % "exspand" the preamble - \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr} - -% carry strut status and enter the isolation/strut column, -% exit from math mode if needed, and exit -\def\end@IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status -&% enter isolation/strut column -\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed -\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore% restore the previous master strut values -% reset the strut system for next IEEEeqnarray -% (sets local strut values back to previous master strut values) -\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% -% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox -\crcr\egroup\egroup% -% exit from math mode and close hbox if needed -\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW $\egroup\fi} - - - -% IEEEeqnarraybox uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to -% end rows. This allows for things like \\[vskip amount] -% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray -% For IEEEeqnarraybox, \\* is the same as \\ -% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid -% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the isolation/strut column -% carry strut status into isolation/strut column -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status -&% enter isolation/strut column -\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed -% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray -\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% -{\ifnum0=`}\fi% -\@ifstar{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}} - -% test and setup the optional argument to \\[] -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR\z@skip} - -% IEEEeqnarraybox does not automatically increase line spacing by \jot -\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}% -\cr\noalign{\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\else\vskip\jot\fi\vskip#1\relax}} - - - -% starts the halign preamble build -\def\@IEEEbuildpreamble{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register -\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=u%current column type is not yet known -\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=s%the previous column type was the start -\let\@IEEEBPnexttype=u%next column type is not yet known -% ensure these are valid -\def\@IEEEBPcurglue={0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}% -\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}% name of current column definition -% currently acquired numerically referenced glue -% use a name that is easier to remember -\let\@IEEEBPcurnum=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA% -\@IEEEBPcurnum=0% -% tracks number of columns in the preamble -\@IEEEeqnnumcols=0% -% record the default end glues -\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart}% -\edef\@IEEEBPendglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend}% -% now parse the user's column specifications -\@@IEEEbuildpreamble} - - -% parses and builds the halign preamble -\def\@@IEEEbuildpreamble#1#2{\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEbuildpreamble% -% use only the very first token to check the end -% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here -\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% -\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent -\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEfinishpreamble\else% -% identify current and next token type -\@IEEEgetcoltype{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurtype}{1}% current, error on invalid -\@IEEEgetcoltype{#2}{\@IEEEBPnexttype}{0}% next, no error on invalid next -% if curtype is a glue, get the glue def -\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEgetcurglue{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurglue}\fi% -% if curtype is a column, get the column def and set the current column name -\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEgetcurcol{#1}\fi% -% if curtype is a numeral, acquire the user defined glue -\if\@IEEEBPcurtype n\@IEEEprocessNcol{#1}\fi% -% process the acquired glue -\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEprocessGcol\fi% -% process the acquired col -\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEprocessCcol\fi% -% ready prevtype for next col spec. -\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPcurtype% -% be sure and put back the future token(s) as a group -\fi\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble{#2}} - - -% executed just after preamble build is completed -% warn about zero cols, and if prevtype type = u, put in end tabskip glue -\def\@@IEEEfinishpreamble#1{\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols<1\relax -\@IEEEclspkgerror{No column specifiers declared for IEEEeqnarray}% -{At least one column type must be declared for each IEEEeqnarray.}% -\fi%num cols less than 1 -%if last type undefined, set default end tabskip glue -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype u\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue}\fi} - - -% Identify and return the column specifier's type code -\def\@IEEEgetcoltype#1#2#3{% -% use only the very first token to determine the type -% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here -\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% -\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent -% \@IEEEgrabfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded -% n = number -% g = glue (any other char in catagory 12) -% c = letter -% e = \end -% u = undefined -% third argument: 0 = no error message, 1 = error on invalid char -\let#2=u\relax% assume invalid until know otherwise -\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let#2=e\else -\ifcat\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\relax\else% screen out control sequences -\if0\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if1\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if2\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if3\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if4\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if5\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if6\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if7\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if8\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\if9\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else -\ifcat,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=g\relax -\else\ifcat a\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=c\relax\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi -\if#2u\relax -\if0\noexpand#3\relax\else\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid character in column specifications}% -{Only letters, numerals and certain other symbols are allowed \MessageBreak -as IEEEeqnarray column specifiers.}\fi\fi} - - -% identify the current letter referenced column -% if invalid, use a default column -\def\@IEEEgetcurcol#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% -\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{#1}\else% invalid column name -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#1" in column specifications.\MessageBreak -Using a default centering column instead}% -{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}% -\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}\fi} - - -% identify and return the predefined (punctuation) glue value -\def\@IEEEgetcurglue#1#2{% -% ! = \! (neg small) -0.16667em (-3/18 em) -% , = \, (small) 0.16667em ( 3/18 em) -% : = \: (med) 0.22222em ( 4/18 em) -% ; = \; (large) 0.27778em ( 5/18 em) -% ' = \quad 1em -% " = \qquad 2em -% . = 0.5\arraycolsep -% / = \arraycolsep -% ? = 2\arraycolsep -% * = 1fil -% + = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter -% - = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero -% Note that all em values are referenced to the math font (textfont2) fontdimen6 -% value for 1em. -% -% use only the very first token to determine the type -% this prevents errant tokens from getting in the main text -% \noindent is used as a delimiter here -\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}% -\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent -% get the math font 1em value -% LaTeX2e's NFSS2 does not preload the fonts, but \IEEEeqnarray needs -% to gain access to the math (\textfont2) font's spacing parameters. -% So we create a bogus box here that uses the math font to ensure -% that \textfont2 is loaded and ready. If this is not done, -% the \textfont2 stuff here may not work. -% Thanks to Bernd Raichle for his 1997 post on this topic. -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\relax$}}% -% fontdimen6 has the width of 1em (a quad). -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\fontdimen6\textfont2\relax% -% identify the glue value based on the first token -% we discard anything after the first -\if!\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=-0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if:\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.22222\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if;\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.27778\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if'\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if"\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if.\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.5\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if/\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\the\arraycolsep}\else -\if?\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else -\if *\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{0pt plus 1fil minus 0pt}\else -\if+\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}\else -\if-\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}\else -\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid predefined inter-column glue type "#1" in\MessageBreak -column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak -0pt instead}% -{Only !,:;'"./?*+ and - are valid predefined glue types in the\MessageBreak -IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - - - -% process a numerical digit from the column specification -% and look up the corresponding user defined glue value -% can transform current type from n to g or a as the user defined glue is acquired -\def\@IEEEprocessNcol#1{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g% -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak -specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak -after the first}% -{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak -in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}% -\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue, future digits will be discarded -\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax% -\else% if we previously aborted a glue -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain digit abortion -\else%acquire this number -% save the previous type before the numerical digits started -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype n\else\let\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype=\@IEEEBPprevtype\fi% -\multiply\@IEEEBPcurnum by 10\relax% -\advance\@IEEEBPcurnum by #1\relax% add in number, \relax is needed to stop TeX's number scan -\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else%close acquisition -\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined% -\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname}% -\else%user glue not defined -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid user defined inter-column glue type "\number\@IEEEBPcurnum" in\MessageBreak -column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak -0pt instead}% -{You must define all IEEEeqnarray numerical inter-column glue types via\MessageBreak -\string\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep \space before they are used in column specifications.}% -\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% -\fi% glue defined or not -\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=g% change the type to reflect the acquired glue -\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype% restore the prev type before this number glue -\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%ready for next acquisition -\fi%close acquisition, get glue -\fi%discard or acquire number -\fi%prevtype glue or not -} - - -% process an acquired glue -% add any acquired column/glue pair to the preamble -\def\@IEEEprocessGcol{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain previous glue abortions -\else -% if this is the start glue, save it, but do nothing else -% as this is not used in the preamble, but before -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype s\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEBPcurglue}% -\else%not the start glue -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%ignore if back to back glues -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak -specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak -after the first}% -{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak -in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}% -\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue -\else% not a back to back glue -\if\@IEEEBPprevtype c\relax% if the previoustype was a col, add column/glue pair to preamble -\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi -\toks0={##}% -% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi -% insert the column defintion into the preamble, being careful not to expand -% the column definition -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPcurglue}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}% -\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble -\else% error: non-start glue with no pending column -\@IEEEclspkgerror{Inter-column glue specifier without a prior column\MessageBreak -type in the column specifications. Ignoring this glue\MessageBreak -specifier}% -{Except for the first and last positions, glue can be placed only\MessageBreak -between column types.}% -\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue -\fi% previous was a column -\fi% back-to-back glues -\fi% is start column glue -\fi% prev type not a -} - - -% process an acquired letter referenced column and, if necessary, add it to the preamble -\def\@IEEEprocessCcol{\if\@IEEEBPnexttype g\else -\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else -% we have a column followed by something other than a glue (or numeral glue) -% so we must add this column to the preamble now -\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi%col separator for those after the first -\if\@IEEEBPnexttype e\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue\relax}\else%put in end glue -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid\relax}\fi% or default mid glue -\toks0={##}% -% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this -\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi -% insert the column definition into the preamble, being careful not to expand -% the column definition -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}% -\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}% -\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% -\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}% -\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble -\fi%next type not numeral -\fi%next type not glue -} - - -%% -%% END OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS -%% - - - - -% set up the running headings, this complex because of all the different -% modes IEEEtran supports -\if@twoside - \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote - \def\ps@headings{% - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} - \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot - \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% - \else - \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT} - \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date} - \fi - \else - \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{} - \fi} - \else % not a technote - \def\ps@headings{% - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference - \def\@oddhead{} - \def\@evenhead{} - \else - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage} - \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} - \fi - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage} - \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}} - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot - \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% - \else - \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT} - \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date} - \fi - \else - \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% - \fi} - \fi -\else % single side -\def\ps@headings{% - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference - \def\@oddhead{} - \def\@evenhead{} - \else - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} - \def\@evenhead{} - \fi - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage} - \def\@evenhead{} - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot - \def\@oddfoot{} - \else - \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date \hfil DRAFT} - \fi - \else - \def\@oddfoot{} - \fi - \def\@evenfoot{}} -\fi - - -% title page style -\def\ps@IEEEtitlepagestyle{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference - \def\@oddhead{}% - \def\@evenhead{}% -\else - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}% - \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}% -\fi -\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}% - \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}% - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else - \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}% - \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}% - \fi -\else - % all non-draft mode footers - \if@IEEEusingpubid - % for title pages that are using a pubid - % do not repeat pubid if using peer review option - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview - \else - \footskip 0pt% - \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \else - \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -\fi} - - -% peer review cover page style -\def\ps@IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle{% -\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}% -\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% -\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls - \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else - \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}% - \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}% - \fi -\else - % non-draft mode footers - \if@IEEEusingpubid - \footskip 0pt% - \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \else - \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}% - \fi - \fi -\fi} - - -% start with empty headings -\def\rightmark{}\def\leftmark{} - - -%% Defines the command for putting the header. \footernote{TEXT} is the same -%% as \markboth{TEXT}{TEXT}. -%% Note that all the text is forced into uppercase, if you have some text -%% that needs to be in lower case, for instance et. al., then either manually -%% set \leftmark and \rightmark or use \MakeLowercase{et. al.} within the -%% arguments to \markboth. -\def\markboth#1#2{\def\leftmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#1}}% -\def\rightmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#2}}} -\def\footernote#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}} - -\def\today{\ifcase\month\or - January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or - July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi - \space\number\day, \number\year} - - - - -%% CITATION AND BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMANDS -%% -%% V1.6 no longer supports the older, nonstandard \shortcite and \citename setup stuff -% -% -% Modify Latex2e \@citex to separate citations with "], [" -\def\@citex[#1]#2{% - \let\@citea\@empty - \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do - {\@citea\def\@citea{], [}% - \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}% - \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi - \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}% - \G@refundefinedtrue - \@latex@warning - {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% - {\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}} - -% V1.6 we create hooks for the optional use of Donald Arseneau's -% cite.sty package. cite.sty is "smart" and will notice that the -% following format controls are already defined and will not -% redefine them. The result will be the proper sorting of the -% citation numbers and auto detection of 3 or more entry "ranges" - -% all in IEEE style: [1], [2], [5]--[7], [12] -% This also allows for an optional note, i.e., \cite[mynote]{..}. -% If the \cite with note has more than one reference, the note will -% be applied to the last of the listed references. It is generally -% desired that if a note is given, only one reference is listed in -% that \cite. -% Thanks to Mr. Arseneau for providing the required format arguments -% to produce the IEEE style. -\def\citepunct{], [} -\def\citedash{]--[} - -% V1.7 default to using same font for urls made by url.sty -\AtBeginDocument{\csname url@samestyle\endcsname} - -% V1.6 class files should always provide these -\def\newblock{\hskip .11em\@plus.33em\@minus.07em} -\let\@openbib@code\@empty - - -% Provide support for the control entries of IEEEtran.bst V1.00 and later. -% V1.7 optional argument allows for a different aux file to be specified in -% order to handle multiple bibliographies. For example, with multibib.sty: -% \newcites{sec}{Secondary Literature} -% \bstctlcite[@auxoutsec]{BSTcontrolhak} -\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}} -\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack - \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{% - \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% - \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}% - \@esphack} - -% V1.6 provide a way for a user to execute a command just before -% a given reference number - used to insert a \newpage to balance -% the columns on the last page -\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{0} % the default of zero means that - % the command is not executed -\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{\newpage} - -% allow the user to alter the triggered command -\long\def\IEEEtriggercmd#1{\long\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{#1}} - -% allow user a way to specify the reference number just before the -% command is executed -\def\IEEEtriggeratref#1{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=#1% -\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{\the\@IEEEtrantmpcountA}}% - -% trigger command at the given reference -\def\@IEEEbibitemprefix{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtriggerrefnum\relax% -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% -\ifnum\c@enumiv=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax\@IEEEtriggercmd\relax\fi} - - -\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]} - -% compsoc journals left align the reference numbers -\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill}} - -% controls bib item spacing -\def\IEEEbibitemsep{0pt plus .5pt} - -\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\IEEEbibitemsep{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}} - - -\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}% - % V1.6 add some rubber space here and provide a command trigger - \footnotesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\small}\vskip 0.3\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip% - \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% - {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% - \leftmargin\labelwidth - \advance\leftmargin\labelsep\relax - \itemsep \IEEEbibitemsep\relax - \usecounter{enumiv}% - \let\p@enumiv\@empty - \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% - \let\@IEEElatexbibitem\bibitem% - \def\bibitem{\@IEEEbibitemprefix\@IEEElatexbibitem}% -\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}% -% originally: -% \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% -% by adding the \interlinepenalty here, we make it more -% difficult, but not impossible, for LaTeX to break within a reference. -% IEEE almost never breaks a reference (but they do it more often with -% technotes). You may get an underfull vbox warning around the bibliography, -% but the final result will be much more like what IEEE will publish. -% MDS 11/2000 -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty100% -\else\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty500\fi% - \sfcode`\.=1000\relax} -\let\endthebibliography=\endlist - - - - -% TITLE PAGE COMMANDS -% -% -% \IEEEmembership is used to produce the sublargesize italic font used to indicate author -% IEEE membership. compsoc uses a large size sans slant font -\def\IEEEmembership#1{{\@IEEEnotcompsoconly{\sublargesize}\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\textit{#1}}} - - -% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a footnote type symbol to indicate author affiliation. -% When given an argument of 1 to 9, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} follows the standard LaTeX footnote -% symbol sequence convention. However, for arguments 10 and above, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} -% reverts to using lower case roman numerals, so it cannot overflow. Do note that you -% cannot use \footnotemark[] in place of \IEEEauthorrefmark{} within \author as the footnote -% symbols will have been turned off to prevent \thanks from creating footnote marks. -% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a symbol that appears to LaTeX as having zero vertical -% height - this allows for a more compact line packing, but the user must ensure that -% the interline spacing is large enough to prevent \IEEEauthorrefmark{} from colliding -% with the text above. -% V1.7 make this a robust command -\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEauthorrefmark}[1]{\raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\textsuperscript{\footnotesize\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or% - \mathsection\or \mathparagraph\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger% - \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\textsuperscript{\expandafter\romannumeral#1}\fi}}}} - - -% FONT CONTROLS AND SPACINGS FOR CONFERENCE MODE AUTHOR NAME AND AFFILIATION BLOCKS -% -% The default font styles for the author name and affiliation blocks (confmode) -\def\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}} -\def\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\itshape}\normalsize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}} -% The default if the user does not use an author block -\def\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize} - -% spacing from title (or special paper notice) to author name blocks (confmode) -% can be negative -\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{-0.25em} -% compsoc conferences need more space here -\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{0.75\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}} - -% spacing between name and affiliation blocks (confmode) -% This can be negative. -% IEEE doesn't want any added spacing here, but I will leave these -% controls in place in case they ever change their mind. -% Personally, I like 0.75ex. -%\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.75ex} -%\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.75ex} -\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.0ex} -\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.0ex} -% baseline spacing within name and affiliation blocks (confmode) -% must be positive, spacings below certain values will make -% the position of line of text sensitive to the contents of the -% line above it i.e., whether or not the prior line has descenders, -% subscripts, etc. For this reason it is a good idea to keep -% these above 2.6ex -\def\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace{2.6ex} -\def\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace{2.75ex} - -% This tracks the required strut size. -% See the \@IEEEauthorhalign command for the actual default value used. -\def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex} - -% variables to retain font size and style across groups -% values given here have no effect as they will be overwritten later -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize{10} -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip{12} -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding{OT1} -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily{ptm} -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries{m} -\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape{n} - -% saves the current font attributes -\def\@IEEEcurfontSAVE{\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize\f@size% -\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip\f@baselineskip% -\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding\f@encoding% -\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily\f@family% -\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries\f@series% -\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape\f@shape} - -% restores the saved font attributes -\def\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE{\fontsize{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize}{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip}% -\fontencoding{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding}% -\fontfamily{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily}% -\fontseries{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries}% -\fontshape{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape}% -\selectfont} - - -% variable to indicate if the current block is the first block in the column -\newif\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse - - -% the command places a strut with height and depth = \@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace -% we use this technique to have complete manual control over the spacing of the lines -% within the halign environment. -% We set the below baseline portion at 30%, the above -% baseline portion at 70% of the total length. -% Responds to changes in the document's \baselinestretch -\def\@IEEEauthorstrutrule{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace% -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselinestretch\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% -\rule[-0.3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA]{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}} - - -% blocks to hold the authors' names and affilations. -% Makes formatting easy for conferences -% -% use real definitions in conference mode -% name block -\def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle% set the default text style -\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}% disable strut for spacer row -% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs -% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro -% do a spacer row if needed -\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline\fi -\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column -%restore the correct strut value -\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace}% -% input the author names -#1% -% end the row if the user did not already -\crcr} -% spacer row for names -\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace}} -% -% affiliation block -\def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle% set the default text style -\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}%disable strut for spacer row -% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs -% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro -% do a spacer row if needed -\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline\fi -\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column -%restore the correct strut value -\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace}% -% input the author affiliations -#1% -% end the row if the user did not already -\crcr} -% spacer row for affiliations -\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace}} - - -% allow papers to compile even if author blocks are used in modes other -% than conference or peerreviewca. For such cases, we provide dummy blocks. -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference -\else - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\else - % not conference or peerreviewca mode - \def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{#1}% - \def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{#1}% - \fi -\fi - - - -% we provide our own halign so as not to have to depend on tabular -\def\@IEEEauthorhalign{\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle% default text style - \lineskip=0pt\relax% disable line spacing - \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax% - \baselineskip=0pt\relax% - \@IEEEcurfontSAVE% save the current font - \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math - \let\\\@IEEEauthorhaligncr% replace newline with halign friendly one - \tabskip=0pt\relax% no column spacing - \everycr{}% ensure no problems here - \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse% no author blocks yet - \def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}% default interline space - \vtop\bgroup%vtop box - \halign\bgroup&\relax\hfil\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE\relax ##\relax - \hfil\@IEEEcurfontSAVE\@IEEEauthorstrutrule\cr} - -% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox -\def\end@IEEEauthorhalign{\crcr\egroup\egroup} - -% handle bogus star form -\def\@IEEEauthorhaligncr{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}} - -% test and setup the optional argument to \\[] -\def\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr{\@testopt\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr\z@skip} - -% end the line and do the optional spacer -\def\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}} - - - -% flag to prevent multiple \and warning messages -\newif\if@IEEEWARNand -\@IEEEWARNandtrue - -% if in conference or peerreviewca modes, we support the use of \and as \author is a -% tabular environment, otherwise we warn the user that \and is invalid -% outside of conference or peerreviewca modes. -\def\and{\relax} % provide a bogus \and that we will then override - -\renewcommand{\and}[1][\relax]{\if@IEEEWARNand\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\and is valid only - when in conference or peerreviewca}\typeout{modes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNandfalse} - -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% -\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}% -\fi -\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca -\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}% -\fi - - -% page clearing command -% based on LaTeX2e's \cleardoublepage, but allows different page styles -% for the inserted blank pages -\def\@IEEEcleardoublepage#1{\clearpage\if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else -\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\fi\fi\fi} - - -% user command to invoke the title page -\def\maketitle{\par% - \begingroup% - \normalfont% - \def\thefootnote{}% the \thanks{} mark type is empty - \def\footnotemark{}% and kill space from \thanks within author - \let\@makefnmark\relax% V1.7, must *really* kill footnotemark to remove all \textsuperscript spacing as well. - \footnotesize% equal spacing between thanks lines - \footnotesep 0.7\baselineskip%see global setting of \footnotesep for more info - % V1.7 disable \thanks note indention for compsoc - \@IEEEcompsoconly{\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent\hbox{\@makefnmark}##1}}% - \normalsize% - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview - \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% - \thispagestyle{IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle}\@thanks% - \else - \if@twocolumn% - \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% - \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% - \else - \twocolumn[\@maketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace\@IEEEaftertitletext]% - \fi - \else - \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext% - \fi - \thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}\@thanks% - \fi - % pullup page for pubid if used. - \if@IEEEusingpubid - \enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}% - \fi - \endgroup - \setcounter{footnote}{0}\let\maketitle\relax\let\@maketitle\relax - \gdef\@thanks{}% - % v1.6b do not clear these as we will need the title again for peer review papers - % \gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}% - \let\thanks\relax} - - - -% V1.7 parbox to format \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext -\long\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox#1{\parbox{0.915\textwidth}{#1}} - -% formats the Title, authors names, affiliations and special paper notice -% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING COMMAND! Do not allow blank lines or unintentional -% spaces to enter the definition - use % at the end of each line -\def\@maketitle{\newpage -\begin{center}% -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technotes - {\bfseries\large\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@title\par}\vskip 1.3em{\lineskip .5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@author - \@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax - \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par - \hfill\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax -\else% not a technote - \vskip0.2em{\Huge\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\normalfont\normalsize\vskip 2\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip - \bfseries\Large}\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par% - % V1.6 handle \author differently if in conference mode - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% - {\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace% - \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par}\relax - \else% peerreviewca, peerreview or journal - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca - % peerreviewca handles author names just like conference mode - {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace% - \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par - {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax - \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill - \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax - \else% journal or peerreview - {\lineskip.5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@author\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par - {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax - \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill - \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax - \fi - \fi -\fi\end{center}} - - - -% V1.7 Computer Society "diamond line" which follows index terms for nonconference papers -\def\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline{\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\hspace{7.5pt}% -\raisebox{-3.5pt}{\fontfamily{pzd}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\fontsize{11}{12}\selectfont\char70}% -\hspace{7.5pt}\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\relax} - -% V1.7 standard LateX2e \thanks, but with \itshape under compsoc. Also make it a \long\def -% We also need to trigger the one-shot footnote rule -\def\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule{\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoteruletrue} - - -\long\def\thanks#1{\footnotemark - \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks - \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\itshape - \protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule\relax}\ignorespaces#1}}} -\let\@thanks\@empty - -% V1.7 allow \author to contain \par's. This is needed to allow \thanks to contain \par. -\long\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}} - - -% in addition to setting up IEEEitemize, we need to remove a baselineskip space above and -% below it because \list's \pars introduce blank lines because of the footnote struts. -\def\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist{\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}% -\setlength{\IEEElabelindent}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}% -\setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}\setlength{\topsep}{0.5\baselineskip}\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\relax} - - -% flag for fake non-compsoc \IEEEcompsocthanksitem - prevents line break on very first item -\newif\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem \@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse - -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -% V1.7 compsoc bullet item \thanks -% also, we need to redefine this to destroy the argument in \@IEEEdynamictitlevspace -\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\relax\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse\footnotemark - \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks - \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\itshape\protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule - {\let\IEEEiedlistdecl\relax\protect\begin{IEEEitemize}[\protect\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist]\ignorespaces#1\relax - \protect\end{IEEEitemize}}\protect\vspace{-1\baselineskip}}}} -\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\item} -\else -% non-compsoc, allow for dual compilation via rerouting to normal \thanks -\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\thanks{#1}} -% redirect to "pseudo-par" \hfil\break\indent after swallowing [] from \IEEEcompsocthanksitem[] -\DeclareRobustCommand{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\@ifnextchar [{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg}% -{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[\relax]}} -% be sure and break only after first item, be sure and ignore spaces after optional argument -\def\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[#1]{\relax\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem\hfil\break -\indent\fi\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemtrue\ignorespaces} -\fi - - -% V1.6b define the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle as needed -\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview -\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\@IEEEcleardoublepage{empty}% -\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn -\twocolumn[\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace] -\else -\newpage\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip -\fi -\thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}} -\else -% \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle does nothing if peer review option has not been selected -\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\relax} -\fi - -% peerreview formats the repeated title like the title in journal papers. -\def\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\begin{center}\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}% -\normalfont\normalsize\vskip0.2em{\Huge\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par -\end{center}} - - - -% V1.6 -% this is a static rubber spacer between the title/authors and the main text -% used for single column text, or when the title appears in the first column -% of two column text (technotes). -\def\@IEEEstatictitlevskip{{\normalfont\normalsize -% adjust spacing to next text -% v1.6b handle peer review papers -\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview -% for peer review papers, the same value is used for both title pages -% regardless of the other paper modes - \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip -\else - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% conference - \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip% - \else% - \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technote - \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip% - \else% journal uses more space - \vskip 2.5\baselineskip plus 0.75\baselineskip minus 0.375\baselineskip% - \fi - \fi -\fi}} - - -% V1.6 -% This is a dynamically determined rigid spacer between the title/authors -% and the main text. This is used only for single column titles over two -% column text (most common) -% This is bit tricky because we have to ensure that the textheight of the -% main text is an integer multiple of \baselineskip -% otherwise underfull vbox problems may develop in the second column of the -% text on the titlepage -% The possible use of \IEEEpubid must also be taken into account. -\def\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace{{% - % we run within a group so that all the macros can be forgotten when we are done - \long\def\thanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \thanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height - \long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height - \normalfont\normalsize% we declare more descriptive variable names - \let\@IEEEmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%height of the main text columns - \let\@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%height of the main text columns with integer # lines - % set the nominal and minimum values for the title spacer - % the dynamic algorithm will not allow the spacer size to - % become less than \@IEEEMINtitlevspace - instead it will be - % lengthened - % default to journal values - \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{2.5\baselineskip}% - \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{2\baselineskip}% - % conferences and technotes need tighter spacing - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%conference - \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}% - \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}% - \fi - \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%technote - \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}% - \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}% - \fi% - % get the height that the title will take up - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview - \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle}}% - \else - \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@maketitle}}% - \fi - \@IEEEmaintextheight=-\@IEEEmaintextheight% title takes away from maintext, so reverse sign - % add the height of the page textheight - \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by \textheight% - % correct for title pages using pubid - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else - % peerreview papers use the pubid on the cover page only. - % And the cover page uses a static spacer. - \if@IEEEusingpubid\advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEpubidpullup\fi - \fi% - % subtract off the nominal value of the title bottom spacer - \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% - % \topskip takes away some too - \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\topskip% - % calculate the column height of the main text for lines - % now we calculate the main text height as if holding - % an integer number of \normalsize lines after the first - % and discard any excess fractional remainder - % we subtracted the first line, because the first line - % is placed \topskip into the maintext, not \baselineskip like the - % rest of the lines. - \@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEmaintextheight% - \divide\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip% - \multiply\@IEEEINTmaintextheight by \baselineskip% - % now we calculate how much the title spacer height will - % have to be reduced from nominal (\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight is always - % a positive value) so that the maintext area will contain an integer - % number of normal size lines - % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer - % need \@IEEEINTmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register - \let\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight=\@IEEEINTmaintextheight% - \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEmaintextheight% - \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by \baselineskip% - % this is the calculated height of the spacer - % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer - % need \@IEEEmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register - \let\@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEEmaintextheight% - \@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% set the nominal value - % we go with the reduced length if it is smaller than an increase - \ifdim\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight < 0.5\baselineskip\relax% - \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight% - % if the resulting spacer is too small back out and go with an increase instead - \ifdim\@IEEECOMPENSATElen<\@IEEEMINtitlevspace\relax% - \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip% - \fi% - \else% - % go with an increase because it is closer to the nominal than a decrease - \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight% - \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip% - \fi% - % set the calculated rigid spacer - \vspace{\@IEEECOMPENSATElen}}} - - - -% V1.6 -% we allow the user access to the last part of the title area -% useful in emergencies such as when a different spacing is needed -% This text is NOT compensated for in the dynamic sizer. -\let\@IEEEaftertitletext=\relax -\long\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\def\@IEEEaftertitletext{#1}} - -% V1.7 provide a way for users to enter abstract and keywords -% into the onecolumn title are. This text is compensated for -% in the dynamic sizer. -\let\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext=\relax -\long\def\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext#1{\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{#1}} -% V1.7 provide a way for users to get the \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext if -% not in compsoc journal mode - this way abstract and keywords can be placed -% in their conventional position if not in compsoc mode. -\def\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext{% -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc% display if compsoc conf -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi -\else% or if not compsoc -\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi} - - -% command to allow alteration of baselinestretch, but only if the current -% baselineskip is unity. Used to tweak the compsoc abstract and keywords line spacing. -\def\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch#1{{\def\baselinestretch{1}\selectfont -\global\@tempskipa\baselineskip}\ifnum\@tempskipa=\baselineskip% -\def\baselinestretch{#1}\selectfont\fi\relax} - - -% abstract and keywords are in \small, except -% for 9pt docs in which they are in \footnotesize -% Because 9pt docs use an 8pt footnotesize, \small -% becomes a rather awkward 8.5pt -\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\small} -\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine - \def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize} -\fi - -% compsoc journals use \footnotesize, compsoc conferences use normalsize -\@IEEEcompsoconly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}} -\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\normalsize}} - - - - -% V1.6 have abstract and keywords strip leading spaces, pars and newlines -% so that spacing is more tightly controlled. -\def\abstract{\normalfont - \if@twocolumn - \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\textit{\abstractname}---\relax - \else - \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize - \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} -% V1.6 IEEE wants only 1 pica from end of abstract to introduction heading when in -% conference mode (the heading already has this much above it) -\def\endabstract{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\vspace{0ex}\else\vspace{1.34ex}\fi\par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi - \normalfont\normalsize} - -\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont - \if@twocolumn - \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\textit{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax - \else - \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize - \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} -\def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.67ex}\fi - \par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi% - \normalfont\normalsize} - -% V1.7 compsoc keywords index terms -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference -\def\abstract{\normalfont - \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\abstractname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip - \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize% - \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} -\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\vskip 1.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip - \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip - \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize% - \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} - \else% compsoc not conference -\def\abstract{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily - \if@twocolumn - \@IEEEabskeysecsize\noindent\textbf{\abstractname}---\relax - \else - \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize% - \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} -\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily - \if@twocolumn - \@IEEEabskeysecsize\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip\noindent - \textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax - \else - \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize% - \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP} - \fi -\fi - - - -% gobbles all leading \, \\ and \par, upon finding first token that -% is not a \ , \\ or a \par, it ceases and returns that token -% -% used to strip leading \, \\ and \par from the input -% so that such things in the beginning of an environment will not -% affect the formatting of the text -\long\def\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP#1{\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=0% -\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken#1% -\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken=\par% -\let\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken=\\% -\let\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken=\ % -\def\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO{\ }% -\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken% -\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% -\fi% -\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken% -\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% -\fi% -\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken% -\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% -\fi% -% a control space will come in as a macro -% when it is the last one on a line -\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO% -\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1% -\fi% -% if we have to swallow this token, do so and taste the next one -% else spit it out and stop gobbling -\ifx\@IEEEswallowthistoken 1\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP\else% -\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=#1\fi% -\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP}% - - - - -% TITLING OF SECTIONS -\def\@IEEEsectpunct{:\ \,} % Punctuation after run-in section heading (headings which are - % part of the paragraphs), need little bit more than a single space - % spacing from section number to title -% compsoc conferences use regular period/space punctuation -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference -\def\@IEEEsectpunct{.\ } -\fi\fi - - -\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 0.5em\relax} - -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -% compsoc journals need extra spacing -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else -\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax} -\fi\fi - -%v1.7 put {} after #6 to allow for some types of user font control -%and use \@@par rather than \par -\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% - \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth - \let\@svsec\@empty - \else - \refstepcounter{#1}% - % load section label and spacer into \@svsec - \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}% - \fi% - \@tempskipa #5\relax - \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@% tempskipa determines whether is treated as a high - \begingroup #6{\relax% or low level heading - \noindent % subsections are NOT indented - % print top level headings. \@svsec is label, #8 is heading title - % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal - {\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}}% - \endgroup - \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else - \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}% - \else % printout low level headings - % svsechd seems to swallow the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{} - % got rid of sectionmark stuff - \def\@svsechd{#6{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec #8\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else - \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}}% - \fi%skip down - \@xsect{#5}} - - -% section* handler -%v1.7 put {} after #4 to allow for some types of user font control -%and use \@@par rather than \par -\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax - \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@ - %\begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\par}\endgroup - % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal - \begingroup \noindent #4{\relax{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}}\endgroup - % svsechd swallows the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{} - \else \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}}\fi - \@xsect{#3}} - - -%% SECTION heading spacing and font -%% -% arguments are: #1 - sectiontype name -% (for \@sect) #2 - section level -% #3 - section heading indent -% #4 - top separation (absolute value used, neg indicates not to indent main text) -% If negative, make stretch parts negative too! -% #5 - (absolute value used) positive: bottom separation after heading, -% negative: amount to indent main text after heading -% Both #4 and #5 negative means to indent main text and use negative top separation -% #6 - font control -% You've got to have \normalfont\normalsize in the font specs below to prevent -% trouble when you do something like: -% \section{Note}{\ttfamily TT-TEXT} is known to ... -% IEEE sometimes REALLY stretches the area before a section -% heading by up to about 0.5in. However, it may not be a good -% idea to let LaTeX have quite this much rubber. -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% -% IEEE wants section heading spacing to decrease for conference mode -\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}% -{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}% -\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}% -{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% -\else % for journals -\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{3.0ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% V1.6 3.0ex from 3.5ex -{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}% -\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{3.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% -{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% -\fi - -% for both journals and conferences -% decided to put in a little rubber above the section, might help somebody -\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% -{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% -\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% -{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}% - - -% compsoc -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference -% compsoc conference -\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% -{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}}% -\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% -{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\sublargesize\bfseries}}% -\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}% -{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}% -\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}% -{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}% -\else% compsoc journals -% use negative top separation as compsoc journals do not indent paragraphs after section titles -\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3ex plus -2ex minus -1.5ex}% -{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\large\sffamily\bfseries\scshape}}% -% Note that subsection and smaller may not be correct for the Computer Society, -% I have to look up an example. -\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1.5ex minus -1.5ex}% -{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\bfseries}}% -\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.5ex plus -1ex minus -1ex}% -{0.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\itshape}}% -\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{-0ex plus -0.1ex minus -0.1ex}% -{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}% -\fi\fi - - - - -%% ENVIRONMENTS -% "box" symbols at end of proofs -\def\IEEEQEDclosed{\mbox{\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{1.3ex}}} % for a filled box -% V1.6 some journals use an open box instead that will just fit around a closed one -\def\IEEEQEDopen{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.2pt}\fbox{\rule[0pt]{0pt}{1.3ex}\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{0pt}}}} -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDopen} % default to open for compsoc -\else -\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDclosed} % otherwise default to closed -\fi - -% v1.7 name change to avoid namespace collision with amsthm. Also add support -% for an optional argument. -\def\IEEEproof{\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEproof}{\@IEEEproof[\IEEEproofname]}} -\def\@IEEEproof[#1]{\par\noindent\hspace{2em}{\itshape #1: }} -\def\endIEEEproof{\hspace*{\fill}~\IEEEQED\par} - - -%\itemindent is set to \z@ by list, so define new temporary variable -\newdimen\@IEEEtmpitemindent -\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily\trivlist% - \item[\hskip \labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2:}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent} -\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily \trivlist% -% V1.6 IEEE is back to using () around theorem names which are also in italics -% Thanks to Christian Peel for reporting this. - \item[\hskip\labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2\ (#3):}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent} -% V1.7 remove bogus \unskip that caused equations in theorems to collide with -% lines below. -\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist} - -% V1.6 -% display command for the section the theorem is in - so that \thesection -% is not used as this will be in Roman numerals when we want arabic. -% LaTeX2e uses \def\@thmcounter#1{\noexpand\arabic{#1}} for the theorem number -% (second part) display and \def\@thmcountersep{.} as a separator. -% V1.7 intercept calls to the section counter and reroute to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection -% to allow \appendix(ices} to override as needed. -% -% special handler for sections, allows appendix(ices) to override -\gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection#1{\arabic{#1}} -% string macro -\edef\@IEEEstringsection{section} - -% redefine the #1#2[#3] form of newtheorem to use a hook to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection -% if section in_counter is used -\def\@xnthm#1#2[#3]{% - \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname - {\@definecounter{#1}\@newctr{#1}[#3]% - \edef\@IEEEstringtmp{#3} - \ifx\@IEEEstringtmp\@IEEEstringsection - \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{% - \noexpand\@IEEEthmcounterinsection{#3}\@thmcountersep - \@thmcounter{#1}}% - \else - \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#3\endcsname \@thmcountersep - \@thmcounter{#1}}% - \fi - \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{#2}}% - \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} - - - -%% SET UP THE DEFAULT PAGESTYLE -\ps@headings -\pagenumbering{arabic} - -% normally the page counter starts at 1 -\setcounter{page}{1} -% however, for peerreview the cover sheet is page 0 or page -1 -% (for duplex printing) -\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview - \if@twoside - \setcounter{page}{-1} - \else - \setcounter{page}{0} - \fi -\fi - -% standard book class behavior - let bottom line float up and down as -% needed when single sided -\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside\else\raggedbottom\fi -% if two column - turn on twocolumn, allow word spacings to stretch more and -% enforce a rigid position for the last lines -\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn -% the peer review option delays invoking twocolumn - \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else - \twocolumn - \fi -\sloppy -\flushbottom -\fi - - - - -% \APPENDIX and \APPENDICES definitions - -% This is the \@ifmtarg command from the LaTeX ifmtarg package -% by Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau -% \@ifmtarg is used to determine if an argument to a command -% is present or not. -% For instance: -% \@ifmtarg{#1}{\typeout{empty}}{\typeout{has something}} -% \@ifmtarg is used with our redefined \section command if -% \appendices is invoked. -% The command \section will behave slightly differently depending -% on whether the user specifies a title: -% \section{My appendix title} -% or not: -% \section{} -% This way, we can eliminate the blank lines where the title -% would be, and the unneeded : after Appendix in the table of -% contents -\begingroup -\catcode`\Q=3 -\long\gdef\@ifmtarg#1{\@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil} -\long\gdef\@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4} -\endgroup -% end of \@ifmtarg defs - - -% V1.7 -% command that allows the one time saving of the original definition -% of section to \@IEEEappendixsavesection for \appendix or \appendices -% we don't save \section here as it may be redefined later by other -% packages (hyperref.sty, etc.) -\def\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce{\let\@IEEEappendixsavesection\section -\let\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\relax} - -% neat trick to grab and process the argument from \section{argument} -% we process differently if the user invoked \section{} with no -% argument (title) -% note we reroute the call to the old \section* -\def\@IEEEprocessthesectionargument#1{% -\@ifmtarg{#1}{% -\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis}% -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection}}{% -\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis \\* #1}% -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection: #1}}} - -% we use this if the user calls \section{} after -% \appendix-- which has no meaning. So, we ignore the -% command and its argument. Then, warn the user. -\def\@IEEEdestroythesectionargument#1{\typeout{** WARNING: Ignoring useless -\protect\section\space in Appendix (line \the\inputlineno).}} - - -% remember \thesection forms will be displayed in \ref calls -% and in the Table of Contents. -% The \sectiondis form is used in the actual heading itself - -% appendix command for one single appendix -% normally has no heading. However, if you want a -% heading, you can do so via the optional argument: -% \appendix[Optional Heading] -\def\appendix{\relax} -\renewcommand{\appendix}[1][]{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par - % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique - \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.A}% - % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section - \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}% - \setcounter{section}{0}% - \setcounter{subsection}{0}% - \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}% - \setcounter{paragraph}{0}% - \gdef\thesection{A}% - \gdef\thesectiondis{}% - \gdef\thesubsection{\Alph{subsection}}% - \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A} - \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter - \@ifmtarg{#1}{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname}}{% - \@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\\* #1}% - \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname: #1}}% - % redefine \section command for appendix - % leave \section* as is - \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% - \@IEEEdestroythesectionargument}}% throw out the argument - % of the normal form -} - - - -% appendices command for multiple appendices -% user then calls \section with an argument (possibly empty) to -% declare the individual appendices -\def\appendices{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par - % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique - \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.\Alph{section}}% - % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section - \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}% - \setcounter{section}{-1}% we want \refstepcounter to use section 0 - \setcounter{subsection}{0}% - \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}% - \setcounter{paragraph}{0}% - \ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices% - \gdef\thesection{\Roman{section}}% - \gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}}% - \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}.}}% - \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A\arabic{##1}} - \else% - \gdef\thesection{\Alph{section}}% - \gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}}% - \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}.}}% - \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{\Alph{##1}} - \fi% - \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter - \setcounter{section}{0}% NEXT \section will be the FIRST appendix - % redefine \section command for appendices - % leave \section* as is - \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% process the *-form - \refstepcounter{section}% or is a new section so, - \@IEEEprocessthesectionargument}}% process the argument - % of the normal form -} - - - -% \IEEEPARstart -% Definition for the big two line drop cap letter at the beginning of the -% first paragraph of journal papers. The first argument is the first letter -% of the first word, the second argument is the remaining letters of the -% first word which will be rendered in upper case. -% In V1.6 this has been completely rewritten to: -% -% 1. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment -% within the paragraph that uses \IEEEPARstart. -% 2. auto-detect and use the current font family -% 3. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that -% interword glue will now work as normal. -% 4. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines. -% -% We generalize things via control macros - playing with these is fun too. -% -% V1.7 added more control macros to make it easy for IEEEtrantools.sty users -% to change the font style. -% -% the number of lines that are indented to clear it -% may need to increase if using decenders -\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES{2} -% minimum number of lines left on a page to allow a \@IEEEPARstart -% Does not take into consideration rubber shrink, so it tends to -% be overly cautious -\def\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES{2} -% V1.7 the height of the drop cap is adjusted to match the height of this text -% in the current font (when \IEEEPARstart is called). -\def\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT{T} -% the depth the letter is lowered below the baseline -% the height (and size) of the letter is determined by the sum -% of this value and the height of the \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current -% font. It is a good idea to set this value in terms of the baselineskip -% so that it can respond to changes therein. -\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH{1.1\baselineskip} -% V1.7 the font the drop cap will be rendered in, -% can take zero or one argument. -\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\bfseries} -% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify -% the drop cap letter, can take zero or one argument. -\def\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase} -% V1.7 the font that will be used to render the rest of the word, -% can take zero or one argument. -\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\relax} -% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify -% the rest of the word, can take zero or one argument. -\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase} -% This is the horizontal separation distance from the drop letter to the main text. -% Lengths that depend on the font (e.g., ex, em, etc.) will be referenced -% to the font that is active when \IEEEPARstart is called. -\def\@IEEEPARstartSEP{0.15em} -% V1.7 horizontal offset applied to the left of the drop cap. -\def\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET{0em} -% V1.7 Italic correction command applied at the end of the drop cap. -\def\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT{\/} - -% V1.7 compoc uses nonbold drop cap and small caps word style -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\mdseries} -\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\scshape} -\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\relax} -\fi - -% definition of \IEEEPARstart -% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING AREA, DO NOT ALLOW SPACES WITHIN THESE LINES -% -% The token \@IEEEPARstartfont will be globally defined after the first use -% of \IEEEPARstart and will be a font command which creates the big letter -% The first argument is the first letter of the first word and the second -% argument is the rest of the first word(s). -\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{\par{% -% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start -% on a new one -\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES\baselineskip}{\relax}% -% V1.7 move this up here in case user uses \textbf for \@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE -% which uses command \leavevmode which causes an unwanted \indent to be issued -\noindent -% calculate the desired height of the big letter -% it extends from the top of \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current font -% down to \@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH below the current baseline -\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT}% -\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}% -% extract the name of the current font in bold -% and place it in \@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME -\def\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD##1 ##2\relax{##1}% -{\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\selectfont\edef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE{\fontname\font\space}% -\xdef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME{\expandafter\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE\relax}}}% -% define a font based on this name with a point size equal to the desired -% height of the drop letter -\font\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax% -% save this value as a counter (integer) value (sp points) -\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% -% now get the height of the actual letter produced by this font size -\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1}}% -% If something bogus happens like the first argument is empty or the -% current font is strange, do not allow a zero height. -\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0pt\relax% -\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEPARstart drop letter has zero height! (line \the\inputlineno)}% -\typeout{ Forcing the drop letter font size to 10pt.}% -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=10pt% -\fi% -% and store it as a counter -\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% -% Since a font size doesn't exactly correspond to the height of the capital -% letters in that font, the actual height of the letter, \@IEEEtrantmpcountB, -% will be less than that desired, \@IEEEtrantmpcountA -% we need to raise the font size, \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA -% by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA / \@IEEEtrantmpcountB -% But, TeX doesn't have floating point division, so we have to use integer -% division. Hence the use of the counters. -% We need to reduce the denominator so that the loss of the remainder will -% have minimal affect on the accuracy of the result -\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountB by 200% -\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountB% -% Then reequalize things when we use TeX's ability to multiply by -% floating point values -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0.005\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA% -\multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA% -% \@IEEEPARstartfont is globaly set to the calculated font of the big letter -% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to to create the -% big letter. -\global\font\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% -% Now set \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA to the width of the big letter -% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to set the -% hanging indent -\settowidth{\global\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartfont -\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}}}% -% end of the isolated calculation environment -% add in the extra clearance we want -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartSEP\relax% -% add in the optional offset -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET\relax% -% V1.7 don't allow negative offsets to produce negative hanging indents -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA -\ifnum\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB < 0 \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB 0pt\fi -% \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA has the width of the big letter plus the -% separation space and \@IEEEPARstartfont is the font we need to use -% Now, we make the letter and issue the hanging indent command -% The letter is placed in a box of zero width and height so that other -% text won't be displaced by it. -\hangindent\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\hangafter=-\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES% -\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% -\raisebox{-\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}[0pt][0pt]{\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET}% -\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}% -\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartSEP}}}% -{\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\selectfont#2}}}} - - - - - - -% determines if the space remaining on a given page is equal to or greater -% than the specified space of argument one -% if not, execute argument two (only if the remaining space is greater than zero) -% and issue a \newpage -% -% example: \@IEEEtranneedspace{2in}{\vfill} -% -% Does not take into consideration rubber shrinkage, so it tends to -% be overly cautious -% Based on an example posted by Donald Arseneau -% Note this macro uses \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB internally for calculations, -% so DO NOT PASS \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB to this routine -% if you need a dimen register, import with \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA instead -\def\@IEEEtranneedspace#1#2{\penalty-100\begingroup%shield temp variable -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\pagegoal\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB-\pagetotal% space left -\ifdim #1>\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\relax% not enough space left -\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB>\z@\relax #2\fi% -\newpage% -\fi\endgroup} - - - -% IEEEbiography ENVIRONMENT -% Allows user to enter biography leaving place for picture (adapts to font size) -% As of V1.5, a new optional argument allows you to have a real graphic! -% V1.5 and later also fixes the "colliding biographies" which could happen when a -% biography's text was shorter than the space for the photo. -% MDS 7/2001 -% V1.6 prevent multiple biographies from making multiple TOC entries -\newif\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade -\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadetrue - -% biography counter so hyperref can jump directly to the biographies -% and not just the previous section -\newcounter{IEEEbiography} -\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{0} - -% photo area size -\def\@IEEEBIOphotowidth{1.0in} % width of the biography photo area -\def\@IEEEBIOphotodepth{1.25in} % depth (height) of the biography photo area -% area cleared for photo -\def\@IEEEBIOhangwidth{1.14in} % width cleared for the biography photo area -\def\@IEEEBIOhangdepth{1.25in} % depth cleared for the biography photo area - % actual depth will be a multiple of - % \baselineskip, rounded up -\def\@IEEEBIOskipN{4\baselineskip}% nominal value of the vskip above the biography - -\newenvironment{IEEEbiography}[2][]{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize% -\unitlength 1in\parskip=0pt\par\parindent 1em\interlinepenalty500% -% we need enough space to support the hanging indent -% the nominal value of the spacer -% and one extra line for good measure -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth% -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEBIOskipN% -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by 1\baselineskip% -% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start -% with a new one -\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\relax}% -% nominal spacer can strech, not shrink use 1fil so user can out stretch with \vfill -\vskip \@IEEEBIOskipN plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip% -% the default box for where the photo goes -\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox{% -\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\ HERE \end{minipage}}}}% -% -% detect if the optional argument was supplied, this requires the -% \@ifmtarg command as defined in the appendix section above -% and if so, override the default box with what they want -\@ifmtarg{#1}{\relax}{\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{\mbox{\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}% -\centering% -#1% -\end{minipage}}}}% end if optional argument supplied -% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before -\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade% -% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump -% to the biography, not the previous section -\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}% -\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}% -\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse% -\fi% -% one more biography -\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% -% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#2}% -% V1.6 properly handle if a new paragraph should occur while the -% hanging indent is still active. Do this by redefining \par so -% that it will not start a new paragraph. (But it will appear to the -% user as if it did.) Also, strip any leading pars, newlines, or spaces. -\let\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD=\par% save the original \par command -\edef\par{\hfil\break\indent}% the new \par will not be a "real" \par -\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}% get height of biography box -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth% -\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% countA has the hang depth -\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \baselineskip% calculates lines needed to produce the hang depth -\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by 1% ensure we overestimate -% set the hanging indent -\hangindent\@IEEEBIOhangwidth% -\hangafter-\@IEEEtrantmpcountA% -% reference the top of the photo area to the top of a capital T -\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\mbox{T}}% -% set the photo box, give it zero width and height so as not to disturb anything -\noindent\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEBIOhangwidth}\raisebox{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}[0pt][0pt]{% -\raisebox{-\@IEEEBIOphotodepth}[0pt][0pt]{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}}}% -% now place the author name and begin the bio text -\noindent\textbf{#2\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\let\par=\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD\par% -% 7/2001 V1.5 detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo area -% and pad the unused area - preventing a collision from the next biography entry -% MDS -\ifnum \prevgraf <\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax% detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo - \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -\prevgraf% calculate how many lines we need to pad - \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% we compensate for the fact that we indented an extra line - \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselineskip% calculate the length of the padding - \multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA% - \noindent\rule{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% insert an invisible support strut -\fi% -\par\normalfont} - - - -% V1.6 -% added biography without a photo environment -\newenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{% -% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before -\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade% -% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump -% to the biography, not the previous section -\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}% -\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}% -\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse% -\fi% -% one more biography -\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}% -% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents -\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#1}% -\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize\interlinepenalty500% -\vskip 4\baselineskip plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip% -\parskip=0pt\par% -\noindent\textbf{#1\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\par\normalfont} - - -% provide the user with some old font commands -% got this from article.cls -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl} -\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} -\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} - - -% SPECIAL PAPER NOTICE COMMANDS -% -% holds the special notice text -\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{\relax} - -% for special papers, like invited papers, the user can do: -% \IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} before \maketitle -\def\IEEEspecialpapernotice#1{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% -\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\sublargesize\textit{#1}\vspace*{1em}}}% -\else% -\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\\*[1.5ex]\sublargesize\textit{#1}}\vspace*{-2ex}}% -\fi} - - - - -% PUBLISHER ID COMMANDS -% to insert a publisher's ID footer -% V1.6 \IEEEpubid has been changed so that the change in page size and style -% occurs in \maketitle. \IEEEpubid must now be issued prior to \maketitle -% use \IEEEpubidadjcol as before - in the second column of the title page -% These changes allow \maketitle to take the reduced page height into -% consideration when dynamically setting the space between the author -% names and the maintext. -% -% the amount the main text is pulled up to make room for the -% publisher's ID footer -% IEEE uses about 1.3\baselineskip for journals, -% dynamic title spacing will clean up the fraction -\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{1.3\baselineskip} -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote -% for technotes it must be an integer of baselineskip as there can be no -% dynamic title spacing for two column mode technotes (the title is in the -% in first column) and we should maintain an integer number of lines in the -% second column -% There are some examples (such as older issues of "Transactions on -% Information Theory") in which IEEE really pulls the text off the ID for -% technotes - about 0.55in (or 4\baselineskip). We'll use 2\baselineskip -% and call it even. -\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{2\baselineskip} -\fi - -% V1.7 compsoc does not use a pullup -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc -\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{0pt} -\fi - -% holds the ID text -\def\@IEEEpubid{\relax} - -% flag so \maketitle can tell if \IEEEpubid was called -\newif\if@IEEEusingpubid -\global\@IEEEusingpubidfalse -% issue this command in the page to have the ID at the bottom -% V1.6 use before \maketitle -\def\IEEEpubid#1{\def\@IEEEpubid{#1}\global\@IEEEusingpubidtrue} - - -% command which will pull up (shorten) the column it is executed in -% to make room for the publisher ID. Place in the second column of -% the title page when using \IEEEpubid -% Is smart enough not to do anything when in single column text or -% if the user hasn't called \IEEEpubid -% currently needed in for the second column of a page with the -% publisher ID. If not needed in future releases, please provide this -% command and define it as \relax for backward compatibility -% v1.6b do not allow command to operate if the peer review option has been -% selected because \IEEEpubidadjcol will not be on the cover page. -% V1.7 do nothing if compsoc -\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else -\if@twocolumn\if@IEEEusingpubid\enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Special thanks to Peter Wilson, Daniel Luecking, and the other -% gurus at comp.text.tex, for helping me to understand how best to -% implement the IEEEpubid command in LaTeX. - - - -%% Lockout some commands under various conditions - -% general purpose bit bucket -\newsavebox{\@IEEEtranrubishbin} - -% flags to prevent multiple warning messages -\newif\if@IEEEWARNthanks -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership -\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext -\@IEEEWARNthankstrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstarttrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographytrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophototrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidtrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcoltrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershiptrue -\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletexttrue - - -%% Lockout some commands when in various modes, but allow them to be restored if needed -%% -% save commands which might be locked out -% so that the user can later restore them if needed -\let\@IEEESAVECMDthanks\thanks -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart\IEEEPARstart -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography\IEEEbiography -\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography\endIEEEbiography -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto\IEEEbiographynophoto -\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto\endIEEEbiographynophoto -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid\IEEEpubid -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol\IEEEpubidadjcol -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership\IEEEmembership -\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext\IEEEaftertitletext - - -% disable \IEEEPARstart when in draft mode -% This may have originally been done because the pre-V1.6 drop letter -% algorithm had problems with a non-unity baselinestretch -% At any rate, it seems too formal to have a drop letter in a draft -% paper. -\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls -\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** ATTENTION: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart - is disabled in draft mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} -\fi -% and for technotes -\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote -\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart - is locked out for technotes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} -\fi - - -% lockout unneeded commands when in conference mode -\ifCLASSOPTIONconference -% when locked out, \thanks, \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEpubid, -% \IEEEmembership and \IEEEaftertitletext will all swallow their given text. -% \IEEEPARstart will output a normal character instead -% warn the user about these commands only once to prevent the console screen -% from filling up with redundant messages -\def\thanks#1{\if@IEEEWARNthanks\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\thanks - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNthanksfalse} -\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse} - - -% LaTeX treats environments and commands with optional arguments differently. -% the actual ("internal") command is stored as \\commandname -% (accessed via \csname\string\commandname\endcsname ) -% the "external" command \commandname is a macro with code to determine -% whether or not the optional argument is presented and to provide the -% default if it is absent. So, in order to save and restore such a command -% we would have to save and restore \\commandname as well. But, if LaTeX -% ever changes the way it names the internal names, the trick would break. -% Instead let us just define a new environment so that the internal -% name can be left undisturbed. -\newenvironment{@IEEEbogusbiography}[2][]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiography - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographyfalse% -\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax} -% and make biography point to our bogus biography -\let\IEEEbiography=\@IEEEbogusbiography -\let\endIEEEbiography=\end@IEEEbogusbiography - -\renewenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiographynophoto - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophotofalse% -\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax} - -\def\IEEEpubid#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubid - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidfalse} -\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubidadjcol - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcolfalse} -\def\IEEEmembership#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEmembership - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershipfalse} -\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEaftertitletext - is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletextfalse} -\fi - - -% provide a way to restore the commands that are locked out -\def\IEEEoverridecommandlockouts{% -\typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding command lockouts (line \the\inputlineno).}% -\let\thanks\@IEEESAVECMDthanks% -\let\IEEEPARstart\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart% -\let\IEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography% -\let\endIEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography% -\let\IEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto% -\let\endIEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto% -\let\IEEEpubid\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid% -\let\IEEEpubidadjcol\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol% -\let\IEEEmembership\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership% -\let\IEEEaftertitletext\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext} - - - -% need a backslash character for typeout output -{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12 -|xdef|@IEEEbackslash{\}} - - -% hook to allow easy disabling of all legacy warnings -\def\@IEEElegacywarn#1#2{\typeout{** ATTENTION: \@IEEEbackslash #1 is deprecated (line \the\inputlineno). -Use \@IEEEbackslash #2 instead.}} - - -% provide for legacy commands -\def\authorblockA{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockA}{IEEEauthorblockA}\IEEEauthorblockA} -\def\authorblockN{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockN}{IEEEauthorblockN}\IEEEauthorblockN} -\def\authorrefmark{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorrefmark}{IEEEauthorrefmark}\IEEEauthorrefmark} -\def\PARstart{\@IEEElegacywarn{PARstart}{IEEEPARstart}\IEEEPARstart} -\def\pubid{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubid}{IEEEpubid}\IEEEpubid} -\def\pubidadjcol{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubidadjcol}{IEEEpubidadjcol}\IEEEpubidadjcol} -\def\QED{\@IEEElegacywarn{QED}{IEEEQED}\IEEEQED} -\def\QEDclosed{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDclosed}{IEEEQEDclosed}\IEEEQEDclosed} -\def\QEDopen{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDopen}{IEEEQEDopen}\IEEEQEDopen} -\def\specialpapernotice{\@IEEElegacywarn{specialpapernotice}{IEEEspecialpapernotice}\IEEEspecialpapernotice} - - - -% provide for legacy environments -\def\biography{\@IEEElegacywarn{biography}{IEEEbiography}\IEEEbiography} -\def\biographynophoto{\@IEEElegacywarn{biographynophoto}{IEEEbiographynophoto}\IEEEbiographynophoto} -\def\keywords{\@IEEElegacywarn{keywords}{IEEEkeywords}\IEEEkeywords} -\def\endbiography{\endIEEEbiography} -\def\endbiographynophoto{\endIEEEbiographynophoto} -\def\endkeywords{\endIEEEkeywords} - - -% provide for legacy IED commands/lengths when possible -\let\labelindent\IEEElabelindent -\def\calcleftmargin{\@IEEElegacywarn{calcleftmargin}{IEEEcalcleftmargin}\IEEEcalcleftmargin} -\def\setlabelwidth{\@IEEElegacywarn{setlabelwidth}{IEEEsetlabelwidth}\IEEEsetlabelwidth} -\def\usemathlabelsep{\@IEEElegacywarn{usemathlabelsep}{IEEEusemathlabelsep}\IEEEusemathlabelsep} -\def\iedlabeljustifyc{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyc}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc} -\def\iedlabeljustifyl{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyl}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl} -\def\iedlabeljustifyr{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyr}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr} - - - -% let \proof use the IEEEtran version even after amsthm is loaded -% \proof is now deprecated in favor of \IEEEproof -\AtBeginDocument{\def\proof{\@IEEElegacywarn{proof}{IEEEproof}\IEEEproof}\def\endproof{\endIEEEproof}} - -% V1.7 \overrideIEEEmargins is no longer supported. -\def\overrideIEEEmargins{% -\typeout{** WARNING: \string\overrideIEEEmargins \space no longer supported (line \the\inputlineno).}% -\typeout{** Use the \string\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin, \string\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin \space controls instead.}} - - -\endinput - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of IEEEtran.cls %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% That's all folks! - diff --git a/exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf b/exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf index 9678c45..5fbd88b 100644 Binary files a/exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf and b/exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf differ diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.aux b/mySkyline-v7.5.aux deleted file mode 100644 index bd8cea1..0000000 --- a/mySkyline-v7.5.aux +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -\relax -\citation{Ma15RS_bigdata} -\citation{Haut21DDL_RS} -\citation{LEWIS17datacube} -\citation{Yan21RS_manage1} -\citation{liu24mstgi} -\citation{Strobl08PostGIS} -\citation{Simoes16PostGIST} -\citation{suwardi15geohash} -\citation{Yan21RS_manage1} -\citation{hughes15geomesa} -\citation{gorelick17GEE} -\citation{LEWIS17datacube} -\citation{riotiler25riotiler} -\providecommand \oddpage@label [2]{} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {1}Introduction}{1}{}\protected@file@percent } -\citation{Thomson12Calvin} -\citation{Lim17OCC} -\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} -\citation{Preil25GMAB} -\citation{Strobl08PostGIS} -\citation{Tang12Quad-Tree} -\citation{Simoes16PostGIST} -\citation{suwardi15geohash} -\citation{Yan21RS_manage1} -\citation{hughes15geomesa} -\citation{liu24mstgi} -\citation{gorelick17GEE} -\citation{LEWIS17datacube} -\citation{Thomson12Calvin} -\citation{Bernstein812PL} -\citation{KungR81OCC} -\citation{WangK16MVOCC} -\citation{Hong25HDCC} -\citation{Wu25OOCC} -\citation{Peng26IOsurvey} -\citation{Chen21Tuning1} -\citation{Bez20TuningLayer} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {2}Related Work}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:RW}{{2}{2}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.1}I/O-Efficient Spatio-Temporal Retrieval Processing}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.2}Concurrency Control}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {2.3}I/O Performance Tuning in Storage Systems}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } -\citation{Behzad13HDF5} -\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} -\citation{Wang26RethinkingTuning} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {3}Definition}{3}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:DF}{{3}{3}} -\newlabel{eqn:pre_rs}{{1}{3}} -\newlabel{eqn:pre_st_query}{{2}{3}} -\newlabel{eqn:cost_total}{{3}{3}} -\newlabel{eqn_pre_objective}{{4}{3}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {4}I/O-aware Indexing Structure}{3}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Index}{{4}{3}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {4.1}Index schema design}{3}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1}{\ignorespaces Index schema design}}{4}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index}{{1}{4}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {2}{\ignorespaces Retrieval-time Execution}}{4}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig_ST_Query}{{2}{4}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {4.2}Retrieval-time Execution}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{eqn_pre_spatial_query}{{5}{5}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {4.3}Why I/O-aware}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {5}Hybrid Concurrency-Aware I/O Coordination}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:CC}{{5}{5}} -\citation{Hong25HDCC} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {3}{\ignorespaces Hybrid Concurrency-Aware I/O Coordination.}}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc}{{3}{6}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {5.1}Retrieval Admission and I/O Plan Generation}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{eq:io_plan}{{6}{6}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {5.2}Contention Estimation and Path Selection}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{7}{6}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {5.3}Deterministic Coordinated and Non-deterministic Execution}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {5.4}Optimistic Read Execution and Completion}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {6}I/O Stack Tuning}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Tuning}{{6}{7}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {6.1}Formulation of Online I/O Tuning}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{8}{7}} -\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{9}{7}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {6.2}Surrogate-Assisted GMAB for Online I/O Tuning}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{loa}{\contentsline {algocf}{\numberline {1}{\ignorespaces Surrogate-Assisted Genetic Multi-Armed Bandit (SA-GMAB)}}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{alg:sa-gmab}{{1}{8}} -\@writefile{lot}{\contentsline {table}{\numberline {1}{\ignorespaces Dataset Statistics}}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{table_dataset}{{1}{8}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {7}Performance Evaluation}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:EXP}{{7}{8}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {7.1}Experimental Setup}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.1.1}Dataset}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.1.2}Retrieval Workload}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lot}{\contentsline {table}{\numberline {2}{\ignorespaces Cluster Configurations}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{table_config}{{2}{9}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp1_1}{{7.2.1}{9}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp1_2}{{7.2.1}{9}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {4}{\ignorespaces The efficiency of I/O selectivity}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Query footprint ratios}}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Query spatial extents}}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index_exp1}{{4}{9}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.1.3}Experimental Environment}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec_exp_env}{{7.1.3}{9}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {7.2}Evaluating the data indexing structure}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.2.1}I/O Selectivity Analysis}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_1}{{7.2.1}{9}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp2_1}{{7.2.2}{9}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp2_2}{{7.2.2}{9}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {5}{\ignorespaces End-to-End retrieval latency and latency breakdown}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Query footprint ratios}}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Various baselines}}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index_exp2}{{5}{9}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.2.2}End-to-End Retrieval Latency}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_2}{{7.2.2}{9}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_1}{{7.2.3}{10}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_2}{{7.2.3}{10}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {6}{\ignorespaces Ablation analysis}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {I/O reduction analysis}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Latency breakdown}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index_exp3}{{6}{10}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {7}{\ignorespaces Impact of grid resolution on query latency}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_3}{{7}{10}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.2.3}Ablation Study}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_3}{{7.2.3}{10}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp4_2}{{7.2.4}{10}} -\newlabel{fig:index_exp4_1}{{7.2.4}{10}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {8}{\ignorespaces Index construction and storage overhead}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Ingested images ($10^4$)}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Various index types}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:index_exp4}{{8}{10}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.2.4}Index Construction and Storage Overhead}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {7.3}Evaluating the Concurrency Control}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_3}{{9(a)}{11}} -\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_3}{{(a)}{11}} -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_2}{{9(b)}{11}} -\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_2}{{(b)}{11}} -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_1}{{9(c)}{11}} -\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_1}{{(c)}{11}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {9}{\ignorespaces Concurrency scalability analysis under varying spatial overlap ratios ($\sigma $).}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.4$}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.6$}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(c)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.8$}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1}{{9}{11}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.3.1}Concurrency Scalability}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3_1}{{7.3.2}{11}} -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3_2}{{7.3.2}{11}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {10}{\ignorespaces The data volume reduction and request collapse}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {The number of clients}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {The number of clients}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3}{{10}{11}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.3.2}Storage-Level Effects and Request Collapse}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } -\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {11}{\ignorespaces Mode Switching}}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:cc_exp4}{{11}{12}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.3.3}Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Modes}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:ModeSwitch}{{7.3.3}{12}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {7.4}Evaluating the I/O tuning}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1_1}{{7.4.1}{12}} -\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1_2}{{7.4.1}{12}} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {12}{\ignorespaces Efficiency analysis of the tuning framework.}}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Tuning steps}}}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Time (mins)}}}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1}{{12}{12}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.4.1}Convergence Speed and Tuning Cost}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{eq:roti}{{10}{12}} -\bibstyle{IEEEtran} -\bibdata{bib/references} -\bibcite{Ma15RS_bigdata}{1} -\bibcite{Haut21DDL_RS}{2} -\bibcite{LEWIS17datacube}{3} -\bibcite{Yan21RS_manage1}{4} -\bibcite{liu24mstgi}{5} -\bibcite{Strobl08PostGIS}{6} -\bibcite{Simoes16PostGIST}{7} -\bibcite{suwardi15geohash}{8} -\bibcite{hughes15geomesa}{9} -\bibcite{gorelick17GEE}{10} -\bibcite{riotiler25riotiler}{11} -\bibcite{Thomson12Calvin}{12} -\bibcite{Lim17OCC}{13} -\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {13}{\ignorespaces Mode Switching}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{fig:tune_exp3}{{13}{13}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {7.4.2}Adaptation to Workload Shifts}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {8}Conclusions}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } -\newlabel{sec:Con}{{8}{13}} -\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{References}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } -\bibcite{Rajesh24TunIO}{14} -\bibcite{Preil25GMAB}{15} -\bibcite{Tang12Quad-Tree}{16} -\bibcite{Bernstein812PL}{17} -\bibcite{KungR81OCC}{18} -\bibcite{WangK16MVOCC}{19} -\bibcite{Hong25HDCC}{20} -\bibcite{Wu25OOCC}{21} -\bibcite{Peng26IOsurvey}{22} -\bibcite{Chen21Tuning1}{23} -\bibcite{Bez20TuningLayer}{24} -\bibcite{Behzad13HDF5}{25} -\bibcite{Wang26RethinkingTuning}{26} -\gdef \@abspage@last{14} diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.dvi b/mySkyline-v7.5.dvi deleted file mode 100644 index 9445255..0000000 Binary files a/mySkyline-v7.5.dvi and /dev/null differ diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.log b/mySkyline-v7.5.log deleted file mode 100644 index b78a009..0000000 --- a/mySkyline-v7.5.log +++ /dev/null @@ -1,570 +0,0 @@ -This is XeTeX, Version 3.141592653-2.6-0.999995 (MiKTeX 23.4) (preloaded format=xelatex 2025.11.26) 31 JAN 2026 16:30 -entering extended mode - restricted \write18 enabled. - %&-line parsing enabled. -**./mySkyline-v7.5.tex -(mySkyline-v7.5.tex -LaTeX2e <2022-11-01> patch level 1 -L3 programming layer <2023-03-30> (IEEEtran.cls -Document Class: IEEEtran 2007/03/05 V1.7a by Michael Shell --- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information. --- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\dimen140 -\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\dimen141 -\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\count181 -\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\count182 -\@IEEEtrantmptoksA=\toks16 --- Using IEEE Computer Society mode. -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for TU+ppl on input line 37 -7. -LaTeX Font Info: No file TUppl.fd. on input line 377. - -LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `TU/ppl/m/n' undefined -(Font) using `TU/lmr/m/n' instead on input line 377. - --- Using 7.875in x 10.75in (letter) paper. --- Using DVI output. -\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\dimen142 --- This is a 9 point document. -\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\dimen143 -\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\dimen144 -\IEEEnormaljot=\dimen145 - -LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `TU/ppl/bx/n' undefined -(Font) using `TU/ppl/m/n' instead on input line 735. - - -LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `TU/ppl/m/it' undefined -(Font) using `TU/ppl/m/n' instead on input line 735. - - -LaTeX Font Warning: Font shape `TU/ppl/bx/it' undefined -(Font) using `TU/ppl/bx/n' instead on input line 735. - -\IEEEilabelindentA=\dimen146 -\IEEEilabelindentB=\dimen147 -\IEEEilabelindent=\dimen148 -\IEEEelabelindent=\dimen149 -\IEEEdlabelindent=\dimen150 -\IEEElabelindent=\dimen151 -\IEEEiednormlabelsep=\dimen152 -\IEEEiedmathlabelsep=\dimen153 -\IEEEiedtopsep=\skip48 -\c@section=\count183 -\c@subsection=\count184 -\c@subsubsection=\count185 -\c@paragraph=\count186 -\c@IEEEsubequation=\count187 -\abovecaptionskip=\skip49 -\belowcaptionskip=\skip50 -\c@figure=\count188 -\c@table=\count189 -\@IEEEeqnnumcols=\count190 -\@IEEEeqncolcnt=\count191 -\@IEEEtmpitemindent=\dimen154 -\c@IEEEbiography=\count192 -\@IEEEtranrubishbin=\box51 -) (D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\graphicx.sty -Package: graphicx 2021/09/16 v1.2d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\keyval.sty -Package: keyval 2022/05/29 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC) -\KV@toks@=\toks17 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\graphics.sty -Package: graphics 2022/03/10 v1.4e Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\trig.sty -Package: trig 2021/08/11 v1.11 sin cos tan (DPC) -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-cfg\graphics.cfg -File: graphics.cfg 2016/06/04 v1.11 sample graphics configuration -) -Package graphics Info: Driver file: dvips.def on input line 107. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-def\dvips.def -File: dvips.def 2022/09/22 v3.1e Graphics/color driver for dvips -)) -\Gin@req@height=\dimen155 -\Gin@req@width=\dimen156 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsmath.sty -Package: amsmath 2022/04/08 v2.17n AMS math features -\@mathmargin=\skip51 - -For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option. -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amstext.sty -Package: amstext 2021/08/26 v2.01 AMS text - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsgen.sty -File: amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0 generic functions -\@emptytoks=\toks18 -\ex@=\dimen157 -)) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsbsy.sty -Package: amsbsy 1999/11/29 v1.2d Bold Symbols -\pmbraise@=\dimen158 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsopn.sty -Package: amsopn 2022/04/08 v2.04 operator names -) -\inf@bad=\count193 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 234. -\uproot@=\count194 -\leftroot@=\count195 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \overline on input line 399. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \colon on input line 410. -\classnum@=\count196 -\DOTSCASE@=\count197 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 496. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 499. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 620. -\Mathstrutbox@=\box52 -\strutbox@=\box53 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \big on input line 722. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \Big on input line 723. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \bigg on input line 724. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \Bigg on input line 725. -\big@size=\dimen159 -LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 743. -LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 744. -\macc@depth=\count198 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \bmod on input line 905. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \pmod on input line 910. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \smash on input line 940. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \relbar on input line 970. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \Relbar on input line 971. -\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count199 -\dotsspace@=\muskip16 -\c@parentequation=\count266 -\dspbrk@lvl=\count267 -\tag@help=\toks19 -\row@=\count268 -\column@=\count269 -\maxfields@=\count270 -\andhelp@=\toks20 -\eqnshift@=\dimen160 -\alignsep@=\dimen161 -\tagshift@=\dimen162 -\tagwidth@=\dimen163 -\totwidth@=\dimen164 -\lineht@=\dimen165 -\@envbody=\toks21 -\multlinegap=\skip52 -\multlinetaggap=\skip53 -\mathdisplay@stack=\toks22 -LaTeX Info: Redefining \[ on input line 2953. -LaTeX Info: Redefining \] on input line 2954. -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/algorithms\algorithmic.sty -Invalid UTF-8 byte or sequence at line 11 replaced by U+FFFD. -Package: algorithmic 2009/08/24 v0.1 Document Style `algorithmic' - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\ifthen.sty -Package: ifthen 2022/04/13 v1.1d Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC) -) -\c@ALC@unique=\count271 -\c@ALC@line=\count272 -\c@ALC@rem=\count273 -\c@ALC@depth=\count274 -\ALC@tlm=\skip54 -\algorithmicindent=\skip55 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\array.sty -Package: array 2022/09/04 v2.5g Tabular extension package (FMi) -\col@sep=\dimen166 -\ar@mcellbox=\box54 -\extrarowheight=\dimen167 -\NC@list=\toks23 -\extratabsurround=\skip56 -\backup@length=\skip57 -\ar@cellbox=\box55 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/makecell\makecell.sty -Package: makecell 2009/08/03 V0.1e Managing of Tab Column Heads and Cells -\rotheadsize=\dimen168 -\c@nlinenum=\count275 -\TeXr@lab=\toks24 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/eqparbox\eqparbox.sty -Package: eqparbox 2017/09/03 v4.1 Create equal-widthed boxes -\eqp@tempdima=\skip58 -\eqp@tempdimb=\skip59 -\eqp@tabular@box=\box56 -\eqp@list@box=\box57 -\eqp@list@indent=\skip60 - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/environ\environ.sty -Package: environ 2014/05/04 v0.3 A new way to define environments - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/trimspaces\trimspaces.sty -Package: trimspaces 2009/09/17 v1.1 Trim spaces around a token list -))) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/subfigure\subfigure.sty -Package: subfigure 2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package -\subfigtopskip=\skip61 -\subfigcapskip=\skip62 -\subfigcaptopadj=\dimen169 -\subfigbottomskip=\skip63 -\subfigcapmargin=\dimen170 -\subfiglabelskip=\skip64 -\c@subfigure=\count276 -\c@lofdepth=\count277 -\c@subtable=\count278 -\c@lotdepth=\count279 - -**************************************** -* Local config file subfigure.cfg used * -**************************************** -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/subfigure\subfigure.cfg) -\subfig@top=\skip65 -\subfig@bottom=\skip66 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\inputenc.sty -Package: inputenc 2021/02/14 v1.3d Input encoding file -\inpenc@prehook=\toks25 -\inpenc@posthook=\toks26 - - -Package inputenc Warning: inputenc package ignored with utf8 based engines. - -) (D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\fontenc.sty -Package: fontenc 2021/04/29 v2.0v Standard LaTeX package -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for T1+ppl on input line 11 -2. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\t1ppl.fd -File: t1ppl.fd 2001/06/04 font definitions for T1/ppl. -)) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/algorithm2e\algorithm2e.sty -Invalid UTF-8 byte or sequence at line 284 replaced by U+FFFD. -Invalid UTF-8 byte or sequence at line 299 replaced by U+FFFD. -Invalid UTF-8 byte or sequence at line 550 replaced by U+FFFD. -Package: algorithm2e 2017/07/18 v5.2 algorithms environments -\c@AlgoLine=\count280 -\algocf@hangindent=\skip67 - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/ifoddpage\ifoddpage.sty -Package: ifoddpage 2022/10/18 v1.2 Conditionals for odd/even page detection -\c@checkoddpage=\count281 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\xspace.sty -Package: xspace 2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH) -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/relsize\relsize.sty -Package: relsize 2013/03/29 ver 4.1 -) -\skiptotal=\skip68 -\skiplinenumber=\skip69 -\skiprule=\skip70 -\skiphlne=\skip71 -\skiptext=\skip72 -\skiplength=\skip73 -\algomargin=\skip74 -\skipalgocfslide=\skip75 -\algowidth=\dimen171 -\inoutsize=\dimen172 -\inoutindent=\dimen173 -\interspacetitleruled=\dimen174 -\interspacealgoruled=\dimen175 -\interspacetitleboxruled=\dimen176 -\algocf@ruledwidth=\skip76 -\algocf@inoutbox=\box58 -\algocf@inputbox=\box59 -\AlCapSkip=\skip77 -\AlCapHSkip=\skip78 -\algoskipindent=\skip79 -\algocf@nlbox=\box60 -\algocf@hangingbox=\box61 -\algocf@untilbox=\box62 -\algocf@skipuntil=\skip80 -\algocf@capbox=\box63 -\algocf@lcaptionbox=\skip81 -\algoheightruledefault=\skip82 -\algoheightrule=\skip83 -\algotitleheightruledefault=\skip84 -\algotitleheightrule=\skip85 -\c@algocfline=\count282 -\c@algocfproc=\count283 -\c@algocf=\count284 -\algocf@algoframe=\box64 -\algocf@algobox=\box65 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\enumerate.sty -Package: enumerate 2015/07/23 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC) -\@enLab=\toks27 -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\amssymb.sty -Package: amssymb 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS font symbols - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\amsfonts.sty -Package: amsfonts 2013/01/14 v3.01 Basic AMSFonts support -\symAMSa=\mathgroup4 -\symAMSb=\mathgroup5 -LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \hbar on input line 98. -LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold' -(Font) U/euf/m/n --> U/euf/b/n on input line 106. -)) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/xcolor\xcolor.sty -Package: xcolor 2022/06/12 v2.14 LaTeX color extensions (UK) - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-cfg\color.cfg -File: color.cfg 2016/01/02 v1.6 sample color configuration -) -Package xcolor Info: Driver file: xetex.def on input line 227. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-def\xetex.def -File: xetex.def 2022/09/22 v5.0n Graphics/color driver for xetex -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\mathcolor.ltx) -Package xcolor Info: Model `cmy' substituted by `cmy0' on input line 1353. -Package xcolor Info: Model `RGB' extended on input line 1369. -Package xcolor Info: Model `HTML' substituted by `rgb' on input line 1371. -Package xcolor Info: Model `Hsb' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1372. -Package xcolor Info: Model `tHsb' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1373. -Package xcolor Info: Model `HSB' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1374. -Package xcolor Info: Model `Gray' substituted by `gray' on input line 1375. -Package xcolor Info: Model `wave' substituted by `hsb' on input line 1376. -) -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/l3backend\l3backend-xetex.def -File: l3backend-xetex.def 2023-03-30 L3 backend support: XeTeX -\g__graphics_track_int=\count285 -\l__pdf_internal_box=\box66 -\g__pdf_backend_object_int=\count286 -\g__pdf_backend_annotation_int=\count287 -\g__pdf_backend_link_int=\count288 -) -(mySkyline-v7.5.aux - -LaTeX Warning: Label `eqn_tuning_table' multiply defined. - - -LaTeX Warning: Label `eqn_tuning_table' multiply defined. - -) -\openout1 = `mySkyline-v7.5.aux'. - -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for TS1/cmr/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for TS1+cmr on input line 1 -76. - (D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\ts1cmr.fd -File: ts1cmr.fd 2022/07/10 v2.5l Standard LaTeX font definitions -) -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for TU/lmr/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 176. -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for T1+phv on input line 27 -8. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\t1phv.fd -File: t1phv.fd 2020/03/25 scalable font definitions for T1/phv. -) -LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `T1/phv/m/it' in size <10> not available -(Font) Font shape `T1/phv/m/sl' tried instead on input line 278. -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for U+msa on input line 278 -. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\umsa.fd -File: umsa.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols A -) -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for U+msb on input line 278 -. - -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\umsb.fd -File: umsb.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols B -) -** ATTENTION: \keywords is deprecated (line 278). Use \IEEEkeywords instead. -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for U+pzd on input line 278 -. -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\upzd.fd -File: upzd.fd 2001/06/04 font definitions for U/pzd. -) -** ATTENTION: \keywords is deprecated (line 278). Use \IEEEkeywords instead. -[1 - - -] [2] -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! - -Overfull \hbox (10.31828pt too wide) detected at line 412 -[][] [] []\OML/cmm/m/it/9 ; - [] - -File: fig/index.png Graphic file (type bmp) - -File: fig/st-query.png Graphic file (type bmp) - -Missing character: There is no ’ in font pplr8t! -[3] -Missing character: There is no – in font pplri8t! -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -Missing character: There is no ’ in font pplr8t! - -Underfull \hbox (badness 2318) in paragraph at lines 484--487 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 The I/O-aware in-dex en-ables ef-fi-cient spatio-temporal - [] - - -Underfull \hbox (badness 1616) in paragraph at lines 484--487 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 range re-trievals by di-rectly trans-lat-ing re-trieval pred-i- - [] - - -Underfull \hbox (badness 2644) in paragraph at lines 484--487 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 full-image load-ing and ex-pen-sive ge-o-met-ric com-pu-ta- - [] - -[4] -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -Missing character: There is no — in font pplr8t! - -Underfull \hbox (badness 6927) in paragraph at lines 550--551 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 In this sec-tion, we pro-pose a hy-brid co-or-di-na-tion - [] - - -Underfull \hbox (badness 7944) in paragraph at lines 550--551 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 mech-a-nism that adap-tively em-ploys ei-ther lock-free - [] - -File: fig/cc.png Graphic file (type bmp) - -[5] -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -[6] -Underfull \hbox (badness 4132) in paragraph at lines 656--656 -[]\T1/ppl/b/n/9 Algorithm 1: \T1/ppl/m/n/9 Surrogate-Assisted Ge-netic Multi- - [] - -LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for T1+pcr on input line 66 -4. -(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\t1pcr.fd -File: t1pcr.fd 2001/06/04 font definitions for T1/pcr. -) -Underfull \hbox (badness 3039) in paragraph at lines 708--709 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 To ad-dress the on-line I/O tun-ing prob-lem, we use - [] - - -Underfull \hbox (badness 1448) in paragraph at lines 708--709 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 a Surrogate-Assisted Ge-netic Multi-Armed Ban-dit (SA- - [] - -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -[7] -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! - -Underfull \vbox (badness 1048) has occurred while \output is active [] - - -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `T1/phv/m/it' in size <9> not available -(Font) Font shape `T1/phv/m/sl' tried instead on input line 732. - -Overfull \hbox (4.42578pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 744--744 -[]|\T1/ppl/b/n/8 Resolution| - [] - - -Overfull \hbox (2.21104pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 744--745 -[]|\T1/ppl/b/n/8 Number| - [] - - -Overfull \hbox (14.45601pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 742--756 - [][] - [] - -[8] -Overfull \hbox (4.28609pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 778--801 - [][] - [] - -File: exp/index_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp2_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp2_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -[9] -File: exp/index_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp3_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp3_3.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp4_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/index_exp4_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/cc_exp1_3.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/cc_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/cc_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - - [10] -Missing character: There is no — in font pplr8t! -File: exp/cc_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/cc_exp3_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -[11] -File: exp/cc_exp4.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/tune_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - -File: exp/tune_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - - [12] -File: exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) - - -Underfull \hbox (badness 1383) in paragraph at lines 1059--1060 -\T1/ppl/m/n/9 a-lyt-ics. By in-tro-duc-ing the "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" - [] - -(mySkyline-v7.5.bbl -Missing character: There is no — in font pplr8t! - -Underfull \hbox (badness 2837) in paragraph at lines 85--88 -[]\T1/ppl/m/n/8 ``rio-tiler: User friendly ras-te-rio plu-gin to - [] - -Missing character: There is no – in font pplr8t! -[13]) [14 - -] (mySkyline-v7.5.aux) - -LaTeX Font Warning: Some font shapes were not available, defaults substituted. - - -LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels. - - ) -Here is how much of TeX's memory you used: - 5814 strings out of 411463 - 89753 string characters out of 5822269 - 1871290 words of memory out of 5000000 - 25944 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000 - 578963 words of font info for 122 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000 - 1351 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191 - 55i,17n,62p,1677b,503s stack positions out of 10000i,1000n,20000p,200000b,200000s - -Output written on mySkyline-v7.5.pdf (14 pages). diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.pdf b/mySkyline-v7.5.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 3aa4077..0000000 Binary files a/mySkyline-v7.5.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.synctex.gz b/mySkyline-v7.5.synctex.gz deleted file mode 100644 index 887f489..0000000 Binary files a/mySkyline-v7.5.synctex.gz and /dev/null differ diff --git a/bib/references.bib b/references.bib similarity index 94% rename from bib/references.bib rename to references.bib index 17cf65c..d1aee21 100644 --- a/bib/references.bib +++ b/references.bib @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ @misc{riotiler25riotiler, title = {rio-tiler: User friendly Rasterio plugin to read raster datasets}, year = 2025, - url = {https://github.com/opendatalab/Earth-Agent}, + url = {https://github.com/cogeotiff/rio-tiler}, } @article{Hong25HDCC, @@ -453,6 +453,15 @@ year = {2012} } +@article{hong2025deterministic, + title={Deterministic Concurrency Control Based Multiwriter Transaction Processing over Cloud-native Databases.}, + author={Hong, Yinhao and Zhao, Hongyao and Wang, Yilin and Shi, Xinyue and Lu, Wei and Yang, Shang and Du, Sheng}, + journal={International Journal of Software \& Informatics}, + volume={15}, + number={1}, + year={2025} +} + @inproceedings{Wu25OOCC, author = {Hao Wu and Mingxing Zhang and @@ -572,3 +581,30 @@ keywords={Optimization;Surveys;Taxonomy;Libraries;Computer architecture;Soft sensors;Mathematical models;File systems;Data models;Servers;High performance computing(HPC);I/O;machine learning(ML);I/O analysis;I/O optimization}, doi={10.1109/TPDS.2025.3639682}} +@inproceedings{Yang22end-IO, + author = {Bin Yang and + Yanliang Zou and + Weiguo Liu and + Wei Xue}, + title = {An End-to-end and Adaptive {I/O} Optimization Tool for Modern {HPC} + Storage Systems}, + booktitle = {2022 {IEEE} International Parallel and Distributed Processing Symposium, + {IPDPS} 2022, Lyon, France, May 30 - June 3, 2022}, + pages = {1294--1304}, + publisher = {{IEEE}}, + year = {2022} +} + +@article{Yang24GridMesa, + author = {Xiangyang Yang and + Xuefeng Guan and + Zhaoxing Pang and + Xing Kui and + Huayi Wu}, + title = {GridMesa: {A} NoSQL-based big spatial data management system with + an adaptive grid approximation model}, + journal = {Future Gener. Comput. Syst.}, + volume = {155}, + pages = {324--339}, + year = {2024} +} diff --git a/rs_retrieval.aux b/rs_retrieval.aux new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85f8372 --- /dev/null +++ b/rs_retrieval.aux @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +\relax +\citation{Ma15RS_bigdata} +\citation{Haut21DDL_RS} +\citation{LEWIS17datacube,Yan21RS_manage1,liu24mstgi} +\citation{Strobl08PostGIS,Simoes16PostGIST} +\citation{suwardi15geohash} +\citation{Yan21RS_manage1} +\citation{hughes15geomesa,Li23TrajMesa} +\citation{gorelick17GEE} +\citation{LEWIS17datacube} +\citation{riotiler25riotiler} +\providecommand \oddpage@label [2]{} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {I}Introduction}{1}{}\protected@file@percent } +\citation{Thomson12Calvin} +\citation{Lim17OCC} +\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} +\citation{Preil25GMAB} +\citation{Strobl08PostGIS} +\citation{Tang12Quad-Tree} +\citation{Simoes16PostGIST} +\citation{suwardi15geohash,Yan21RS_manage1} +\citation{liu24mstgi,Yang24GridMesa} +\citation{gorelick17GEE} +\citation{LEWIS17datacube} +\citation{Thomson12Calvin,hong2025deterministic} +\citation{Bernstein812PL} +\citation{KungR81OCC} +\citation{WangK16MVOCC} +\citation{Hong25HDCC} +\citation{Wu25OOCC} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {II}Related Work}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:RW}{{II}{2}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {II-A}}I/O-Efficient Spatio-Temporal Retrieval Processing}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {II-B}}Concurrency Control}{2}{}\protected@file@percent } +\citation{Peng26IOsurvey} +\citation{Chen21Tuning1} +\citation{Bez20TuningLayer} +\citation{Yang22end-IO} +\citation{Behzad13HDF5} +\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} +\citation{Wang26RethinkingTuning} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {II-C}}I/O Performance Tuning in Storage Systems}{3}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {III}Definition}{3}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:DF}{{III}{3}} +\newlabel{eqn:pre_rs}{{1}{3}} +\newlabel{eqn:pre_st_query}{{2}{3}} +\newlabel{eqn:cost_total}{{3}{3}} +\newlabel{eqn_pre_objective}{{4}{3}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {IV}I/O-aware Indexing Structure}{4}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:Index}{{IV}{4}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {IV-A}}Index schema design}{4}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {1}{\ignorespaces Index schema design}}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index}{{1}{5}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {2}{\ignorespaces Retrieval-time Execution}}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig_ST_Query}{{2}{5}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {IV-B}}Retrieval-time Execution}{5}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{eqn_pre_spatial_query}{{5}{5}} +\citation{Hong25HDCC} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {IV-C}}Why I/O-aware}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {V}Hybrid Concurrency-Aware I/O Coordination}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:CC}{{V}{6}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {V-A}}Retrieval Admission and I/O Plan Generation}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{eq:io_plan}{{6}{6}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {V-B}}Contention Estimation and Path Selection}{6}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{7}{6}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {3}{\ignorespaces Hybrid Concurrency-Aware I/O Coordination.}}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:cc}{{3}{7}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {V-C}}Deterministic Coordinated and Non-deterministic Execution}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {V-D}}Optimistic Read Execution and Completion}{7}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {VI}I/O Stack Tuning}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:Tuning}{{VI}{8}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VI-A}}Formulation of Online I/O Tuning}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{8}{8}} +\newlabel{eqn_tuning_table}{{9}{8}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VI-B}}Surrogate-Assisted GMAB for Online I/O Tuning}{8}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{loa}{\contentsline {algocf}{\numberline {1}{\ignorespaces Surrogate-Assisted Genetic Multi-Armed Bandit (SA-GMAB)}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{alg:sa-gmab}{{1}{9}} +\@writefile{lot}{\contentsline {table}{\numberline {I}{\ignorespaces Dataset Statistics}}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{table_dataset}{{I}{9}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {VII}Performance Evaluation}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:EXP}{{VII}{9}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-A}}Experimental Setup}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-A}1}Dataset}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-A}2}Retrieval Workload}{9}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lot}{\contentsline {table}{\numberline {II}{\ignorespaces Cluster Configurations}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{table_config}{{II}{10}} +\newlabel{sec_exp_env}{{\mbox {VII-A}3}{10}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-A}3}Experimental Environment}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-B}}Evaluating the Data Indexing Structure}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_1}{{\mbox {VII-B}1}{10}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-B}1}I/O Selectivity Analysis}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp1_1}{{\mbox {VII-B}1}{10}} +\newlabel{fig:index_exp1_2}{{\mbox {VII-B}1}{10}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {4}{\ignorespaces The efficiency of I/O selectivity}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Query footprint ratios}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Query spatial extents}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp1}{{4}{10}} +\newlabel{fig:index_exp2_1}{{\mbox {VII-B}2}{10}} +\newlabel{fig:index_exp2_2}{{\mbox {VII-B}2}{10}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {5}{\ignorespaces End-to-End retrieval latency and latency breakdown}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Query footprint ratios}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Various baselines}}}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp2}{{5}{10}} +\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_2}{{\mbox {VII-B}2}{10}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-B}2}End-to-End Retrieval Latency}{10}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_1}{{\mbox {VII-B}3}{11}} +\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_2}{{\mbox {VII-B}3}{11}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {6}{\ignorespaces Ablation analysis}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {I/O reduction analysis}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Latency breakdown}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp3}{{6}{11}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {7}{\ignorespaces Impact of grid resolution on query latency}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp3_3}{{7}{11}} +\newlabel{sec:Index_exp_3}{{\mbox {VII-B}3}{11}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-B}3}Ablation Study}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp4_2}{{\mbox {VII-B}4}{11}} +\newlabel{fig:index_exp4_1}{{\mbox {VII-B}4}{11}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {8}{\ignorespaces Index construction and storage overhead}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Ingested images ($10^4$)}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Various index types}}}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:index_exp4}{{8}{11}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-B}4}Index Construction and Storage Overhead}{11}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-C}}Evaluating the Concurrency Control}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-C}1}Concurrency Scalability}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-C}2}Storage-Level Effects and Request Collapse}{12}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_3}{{9(a)}{13}} +\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_3}{{(a)}{13}} +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_2}{{9(b)}{13}} +\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_2}{{(b)}{13}} +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1_1}{{9(c)}{13}} +\newlabel{sub@fig:cc_exp1_1}{{(c)}{13}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {9}{\ignorespaces Concurrency scalability analysis under varying spatial overlap ratios ($\sigma $).}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.4$}}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.6$}}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(c)}{\ignorespaces {$\sigma =0.8$}}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp1}{{9}{13}} +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3_1}{{\mbox {VII-C}2}{13}} +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3_2}{{\mbox {VII-C}2}{13}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {10}{\ignorespaces The data volume reduction and request collapse}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {The number of clients}}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {The number of clients}}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp3}{{10}{13}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {11}{\ignorespaces Mode Switching}}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:cc_exp4}{{11}{13}} +\newlabel{sec:ModeSwitch}{{\mbox {VII-C}3}{13}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-C}3}Deterministic and Non-Deterministic Modes}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-D}}Evaluating the I/O Tuning}{13}{}\protected@file@percent } +\citation{Rajesh24TunIO} +\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1_1}{{\mbox {VII-D}1}{14}} +\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1_2}{{\mbox {VII-D}1}{14}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {12}{\ignorespaces Efficiency analysis of the tuning framework.}}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(a)}{\ignorespaces {Tuning steps}}}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {subfigure}{\numberline{(b)}{\ignorespaces {Time (mins)}}}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:tune_exp1}{{12}{14}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-D}1}Convergence Speed and Tuning Cost}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{eq:roti}{{10}{14}} +\@writefile{lof}{\contentsline {figure}{\numberline {13}{\ignorespaces Mode Switching}}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{fig:tune_exp3}{{13}{14}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {subsubsection}{\numberline {\mbox {VII-D}2}Adaptation to Workload Shifts}{14}{}\protected@file@percent } +\bibstyle{IEEEtran} +\bibdata{IEEEabrv,references} +\bibcite{Ma15RS_bigdata}{1} +\bibcite{Haut21DDL_RS}{2} +\bibcite{LEWIS17datacube}{3} +\bibcite{Yan21RS_manage1}{4} +\bibcite{liu24mstgi}{5} +\bibcite{Strobl08PostGIS}{6} +\bibcite{Simoes16PostGIST}{7} +\bibcite{suwardi15geohash}{8} +\bibcite{hughes15geomesa}{9} +\bibcite{Li23TrajMesa}{10} +\bibcite{gorelick17GEE}{11} +\bibcite{riotiler25riotiler}{12} +\bibcite{Thomson12Calvin}{13} +\bibcite{Lim17OCC}{14} +\bibcite{Rajesh24TunIO}{15} +\bibcite{Preil25GMAB}{16} +\bibcite{Tang12Quad-Tree}{17} +\bibcite{Yang24GridMesa}{18} +\bibcite{hong2025deterministic}{19} +\bibcite{Bernstein812PL}{20} +\bibcite{KungR81OCC}{21} +\bibcite{WangK16MVOCC}{22} +\bibcite{Hong25HDCC}{23} +\bibcite{Wu25OOCC}{24} +\bibcite{Peng26IOsurvey}{25} +\bibcite{Chen21Tuning1}{26} +\bibcite{Bez20TuningLayer}{27} +\bibcite{Yang22end-IO}{28} +\bibcite{Behzad13HDF5}{29} +\bibcite{Wang26RethinkingTuning}{30} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{\numberline {VIII}Conclusions}{15}{}\protected@file@percent } +\newlabel{sec:Con}{{VIII}{15}} +\@writefile{toc}{\contentsline {section}{References}{15}{}\protected@file@percent } +\gdef \@abspage@last{15} diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.bbl b/rs_retrieval.bbl similarity index 87% rename from mySkyline-v7.5.bbl rename to rs_retrieval.bbl index a3f4722..40f5688 100644 --- a/mySkyline-v7.5.bbl +++ b/rs_retrieval.bbl @@ -75,6 +75,11 @@ J.~N. Hughes, A.~Annex, C.~N. Eichelberger, A.~Fox, A.~Hulbert, and V}, vol. 9473.\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax SPIE, 2015, pp. 128--140. +\bibitem{Li23TrajMesa} +R.~Li, H.~He, R.~Wang, S.~Ruan, T.~He, J.~Bao, J.~Zhang, L.~Hong, and Y.~Zheng, + ``Trajmesa: {A} distributed nosql-based trajectory data management system,'' + \emph{{IEEE} Trans. Knowl. Data Eng.}, vol.~35, no.~1, pp. 1013--1027, 2023. + \bibitem{gorelick17GEE} N.~Gorelick, M.~Hancher, M.~Dixon, S.~Ilyushchenko, D.~Thau, and R.~Moore, ``Google earth engine: Planetary-scale geospatial analysis for everyone,'' @@ -83,7 +88,7 @@ N.~Gorelick, M.~Hancher, M.~Dixon, S.~Ilyushchenko, D.~Thau, and R.~Moore, \bibitem{riotiler25riotiler} \BIBentryALTinterwordspacing ``rio-tiler: User friendly rasterio plugin to read raster datasets,'' 2025. - [Online]. Available: \url{https://github.com/opendatalab/Earth-Agent} + [Online]. Available: \url{https://github.com/cogeotiff/rio-tiler} \BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing \bibitem{Thomson12Calvin} @@ -120,6 +125,17 @@ J.~Tang, Z.~Zhou, K.~Ning, Y.~Sun, and Q.~Wang, ``A novel spatial indexing Eds.\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2013, pp. 909--917. +\bibitem{Yang24GridMesa} +X.~Yang, X.~Guan, Z.~Pang, X.~Kui, and H.~Wu, ``Gridmesa: {A} nosql-based big + spatial data management system with an adaptive grid approximation model,'' + \emph{Future Gener. Comput. Syst.}, vol. 155, pp. 324--339, 2024. + +\bibitem{hong2025deterministic} +Y.~Hong, H.~Zhao, Y.~Wang, X.~Shi, W.~Lu, S.~Yang, and S.~Du, ``Deterministic + concurrency control based multiwriter transaction processing over + cloud-native databases.'' \emph{International Journal of Software \& + Informatics}, vol.~15, no.~1, 2025. + \bibitem{Bernstein812PL} P.~A. Bernstein and N.~Goodman, ``Concurrency control in distributed database systems,'' \emph{{ACM} Comput. Surv.}, vol.~13, no.~2, pp. 185--221, 1981. @@ -163,6 +179,13 @@ J.~L. Bez, F.~Z. Boito, R.~Nou, A.~Miranda, T.~Cortes, and P.~O.~A. Navaux, reinforcement learning,'' \emph{Future Gener. Comput. Syst.}, vol. 112, pp. 1156--1169, 2020. +\bibitem{Yang22end-IO} +B.~Yang, Y.~Zou, W.~Liu, and W.~Xue, ``An end-to-end and adaptive {I/O} + optimization tool for modern {HPC} storage systems,'' in \emph{2022 {IEEE} + International Parallel and Distributed Processing Symposium, {IPDPS} 2022, + Lyon, France, May 30 - June 3, 2022}.\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax + {IEEE}, 2022, pp. 1294--1304. + \bibitem{Behzad13HDF5} B.~Behzad, J.~Huchette, H.~V.~T. Luu, R.~A. Aydt, S.~Byna, Y.~Yao, Q.~Koziol, and Prabhat, ``A framework for auto-tuning {HDF5} applications,'' in diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.blg b/rs_retrieval.blg similarity index 55% rename from mySkyline-v7.5.blg rename to rs_retrieval.blg index 87d1335..ea545be 100644 --- a/mySkyline-v7.5.blg +++ b/rs_retrieval.blg @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ This is BibTeX, Version 0.99d Capacity: max_strings=200000, hash_size=200000, hash_prime=170003 -The top-level auxiliary file: mySkyline-v7.5.aux +The top-level auxiliary file: rs_retrieval.aux Reallocating 'name_of_file' (item size: 1) to 9 items. The style file: IEEEtran.bst -Reallocating 'name_of_file' (item size: 1) to 15 items. +Reallocating 'name_of_file' (item size: 1) to 9 items. +Reallocating 'name_of_file' (item size: 1) to 11 items. Reallocating 'singl_function' (item size: 4) to 100 items. Reallocating 'singl_function' (item size: 4) to 100 items. Reallocating 'singl_function' (item size: 4) to 100 items. Reallocating 'wiz_functions' (item size: 4) to 6000 items. Reallocating 'singl_function' (item size: 4) to 100 items. -Database file #1: bib/references.bib +Database file #1: IEEEabrv.bib +Database file #2: references.bib -- IEEEtran.bst version 1.14 (2015/08/26) by Michael Shell. -- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ -- See the "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" manual for usage information. @@ -18,45 +20,45 @@ Warning--empty author in LEWIS17datacube Warning--empty booktitle in Lim17OCC Done. -You've used 26 entries, +You've used 30 entries, 4087 wiz_defined-function locations, - 1273 strings with 19424 characters, -and the built_in function-call counts, 24787 in all, are: -= -- 1934 -> -- 735 -< -- 226 -+ -- 397 -- -- 132 -* -- 1233 -:= -- 3473 -add.period$ -- 62 -call.type$ -- 26 -change.case$ -- 38 -chr.to.int$ -- 531 -cite$ -- 29 -duplicate$ -- 1714 -empty$ -- 1899 -format.name$ -- 159 -if$ -- 5822 + 1817 strings with 30693 characters, +and the built_in function-call counts, 28689 in all, are: += -- 2234 +> -- 867 +< -- 262 ++ -- 469 +- -- 157 +* -- 1426 +:= -- 4009 +add.period$ -- 71 +call.type$ -- 30 +change.case$ -- 42 +chr.to.int$ -- 615 +cite$ -- 33 +duplicate$ -- 1983 +empty$ -- 2188 +format.name$ -- 188 +if$ -- 6739 int.to.chr$ -- 0 -int.to.str$ -- 26 -missing$ -- 315 -newline$ -- 103 -num.names$ -- 33 -pop$ -- 745 +int.to.str$ -- 30 +missing$ -- 367 +newline$ -- 115 +num.names$ -- 37 +pop$ -- 868 preamble$ -- 1 purify$ -- 0 quote$ -- 2 -skip$ -- 1873 +skip$ -- 2168 stack$ -- 0 -substring$ -- 1282 -swap$ -- 1484 -text.length$ -- 49 +substring$ -- 1482 +swap$ -- 1721 +text.length$ -- 57 text.prefix$ -- 0 top$ -- 5 -type$ -- 26 +type$ -- 30 warning$ -- 3 -while$ -- 117 -width$ -- 28 -write$ -- 285 +while$ -- 133 +width$ -- 32 +write$ -- 325 (There were 3 warnings) diff --git a/rs_retrieval.log b/rs_retrieval.log new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b6b590 --- /dev/null +++ b/rs_retrieval.log @@ -0,0 +1,722 @@ +This is pdfTeX, Version 3.141592653-2.6-1.40.25 (MiKTeX 23.4) (preloaded format=pdflatex 2025.10.23) 2 FEB 2026 10:48 +entering extended mode + restricted \write18 enabled. + %&-line parsing enabled. +**./rs_retrieval.tex +(rs_retrieval.tex +LaTeX2e <2022-11-01> patch level 1 +L3 programming layer <2023-03-30> +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/ieeetran\IEEEtran.cls +Document Class: IEEEtran 2015/08/26 V1.8b by Michael Shell +-- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information. +-- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/ +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\dimen140 +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\dimen141 +\@IEEEtrantmpdimenC=\dimen142 +\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\count185 +\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\count186 +\@IEEEtrantmpcountC=\count187 +\@IEEEtrantmptoksA=\toks16 +LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for OT1+ptm on input line 5 +03. +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\ot1ptm.fd +File: ot1ptm.fd 2001/06/04 font definitions for OT1/ptm. +) +-- Using 8.5in x 11in (letter) paper. +-- Using PDF output. +\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\dimen143 +-- This is a 10 point document. +\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\dimen144 +\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\dimen145 +\IEEEnormaljot=\dimen146 +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <5> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <5> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <7> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <7> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <8> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <8> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <9> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <9> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <10> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <10> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <11> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <11> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <12> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <12> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <17> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <17> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <20> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <20> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/n' in size <24> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/n' tried instead on input line 1090. +LaTeX Font Info: Font shape `OT1/ptm/bx/it' in size <24> not available +(Font) Font shape `OT1/ptm/b/it' tried instead on input line 1090. + +\IEEEquantizedlength=\dimen147 +\IEEEquantizedlengthdiff=\dimen148 +\IEEEquantizedtextheightdiff=\dimen149 +\IEEEilabelindentA=\dimen150 +\IEEEilabelindentB=\dimen151 +\IEEEilabelindent=\dimen152 +\IEEEelabelindent=\dimen153 +\IEEEdlabelindent=\dimen154 +\IEEElabelindent=\dimen155 +\IEEEiednormlabelsep=\dimen156 +\IEEEiedmathlabelsep=\dimen157 +\IEEEiedtopsep=\skip48 +\c@section=\count188 +\c@subsection=\count189 +\c@subsubsection=\count190 +\c@paragraph=\count191 +\c@IEEEsubequation=\count192 +\abovecaptionskip=\skip49 +\belowcaptionskip=\skip50 +\c@figure=\count193 +\c@table=\count194 +\@IEEEeqnnumcols=\count195 +\@IEEEeqncolcnt=\count196 +\@IEEEsubeqnnumrollback=\count197 +\@IEEEquantizeheightA=\dimen158 +\@IEEEquantizeheightB=\dimen159 +\@IEEEquantizeheightC=\dimen160 +\@IEEEquantizeprevdepth=\dimen161 +\@IEEEquantizemultiple=\count198 +\@IEEEquantizeboxA=\box51 +\@IEEEtmpitemindent=\dimen162 +\IEEEPARstartletwidth=\dimen163 +\c@IEEEbiography=\count199 +\@IEEEtranrubishbin=\box52 +) (D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsmath.sty +Package: amsmath 2022/04/08 v2.17n AMS math features +\@mathmargin=\skip51 + +For additional information on amsmath, use the `?' option. +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amstext.sty +Package: amstext 2021/08/26 v2.01 AMS text + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsgen.sty +File: amsgen.sty 1999/11/30 v2.0 generic functions +\@emptytoks=\toks17 +\ex@=\dimen164 +)) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsbsy.sty +Package: amsbsy 1999/11/29 v1.2d Bold Symbols +\pmbraise@=\dimen165 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsmath\amsopn.sty +Package: amsopn 2022/04/08 v2.04 operator names +) +\inf@bad=\count266 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \frac on input line 234. +\uproot@=\count267 +\leftroot@=\count268 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \overline on input line 399. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \colon on input line 410. +\classnum@=\count269 +\DOTSCASE@=\count270 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \ldots on input line 496. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \dots on input line 499. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \cdots on input line 620. +\Mathstrutbox@=\box53 +\strutbox@=\box54 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \big on input line 722. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \Big on input line 723. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \bigg on input line 724. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \Bigg on input line 725. +\big@size=\dimen166 +LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OML on input line 743. +LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring font encoding OMS on input line 744. +\macc@depth=\count271 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \bmod on input line 905. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \pmod on input line 910. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \smash on input line 940. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \relbar on input line 970. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \Relbar on input line 971. +\c@MaxMatrixCols=\count272 +\dotsspace@=\muskip16 +\c@parentequation=\count273 +\dspbrk@lvl=\count274 +\tag@help=\toks18 +\row@=\count275 +\column@=\count276 +\maxfields@=\count277 +\andhelp@=\toks19 +\eqnshift@=\dimen167 +\alignsep@=\dimen168 +\tagshift@=\dimen169 +\tagwidth@=\dimen170 +\totwidth@=\dimen171 +\lineht@=\dimen172 +\@envbody=\toks20 +\multlinegap=\skip52 +\multlinetaggap=\skip53 +\mathdisplay@stack=\toks21 +LaTeX Info: Redefining \[ on input line 2953. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \] on input line 2954. +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\amsfonts.sty +Package: amsfonts 2013/01/14 v3.01 Basic AMSFonts support +\symAMSa=\mathgroup4 +\symAMSb=\mathgroup5 +LaTeX Font Info: Redeclaring math symbol \hbar on input line 98. +LaTeX Font Info: Overwriting math alphabet `\mathfrak' in version `bold' +(Font) U/euf/m/n --> U/euf/b/n on input line 106. +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\array.sty +Package: array 2022/09/04 v2.5g Tabular extension package (FMi) +\col@sep=\dimen173 +\ar@mcellbox=\box55 +\extrarowheight=\dimen174 +\NC@list=\toks22 +\extratabsurround=\skip54 +\backup@length=\skip55 +\ar@cellbox=\box56 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\textcomp.sty +Package: textcomp 2020/02/02 v2.0n Standard LaTeX package +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/url\url.sty +\Urlmuskip=\muskip17 +Package: url 2013/09/16 ver 3.4 Verb mode for urls, etc. +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\verbatim.sty +Package: verbatim 2022-07-02 v1.5u LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements +\every@verbatim=\toks23 +\verbatim@line=\toks24 +\verbatim@in@stream=\read2 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\graphicx.sty +Package: graphicx 2021/09/16 v1.2d Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\keyval.sty +Package: keyval 2022/05/29 v1.15 key=value parser (DPC) +\KV@toks@=\toks25 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\graphics.sty +Package: graphics 2022/03/10 v1.4e Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR) + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics\trig.sty +Package: trig 2021/08/11 v1.11 sin cos tan (DPC) +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-cfg\graphics.cfg +File: graphics.cfg 2016/06/04 v1.11 sample graphics configuration +) +Package graphics Info: Driver file: pdftex.def on input line 107. + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/graphics-def\pdftex.def +File: pdftex.def 2022/09/22 v1.2b Graphics/color driver for pdftex +)) +\Gin@req@height=\dimen175 +\Gin@req@width=\dimen176 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/cite\cite.sty +LaTeX Info: Redefining \cite on input line 302. +LaTeX Info: Redefining \nocite on input line 332. +Package: cite 2015/02/27 v 5.5 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/algorithms\algorithmic.sty +Package: algorithmic 2009/08/24 v0.1 Document Style `algorithmic' + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/base\ifthen.sty +Package: ifthen 2022/04/13 v1.1d Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC) +) +\c@ALC@unique=\count278 +\c@ALC@line=\count279 +\c@ALC@rem=\count280 +\c@ALC@depth=\count281 +\ALC@tlm=\skip56 +\algorithmicindent=\skip57 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/algorithm2e\algorithm2e.sty +Package: algorithm2e 2017/07/18 v5.2 algorithms environments +\c@AlgoLine=\count282 +\algocf@hangindent=\skip58 + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/ifoddpage\ifoddpage.sty +Package: ifoddpage 2022/10/18 v1.2 Conditionals for odd/even page detection +\c@checkoddpage=\count283 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/tools\xspace.sty +Package: xspace 2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH) +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/relsize\relsize.sty +Package: relsize 2013/03/29 ver 4.1 +) +\skiptotal=\skip59 +\skiplinenumber=\skip60 +\skiprule=\skip61 +\skiphlne=\skip62 +\skiptext=\skip63 +\skiplength=\skip64 +\algomargin=\skip65 +\skipalgocfslide=\skip66 +\algowidth=\dimen177 +\inoutsize=\dimen178 +\inoutindent=\dimen179 +\interspacetitleruled=\dimen180 +\interspacealgoruled=\dimen181 +\interspacetitleboxruled=\dimen182 +\algocf@ruledwidth=\skip67 +\algocf@inoutbox=\box57 +\algocf@inputbox=\box58 +\AlCapSkip=\skip68 +\AlCapHSkip=\skip69 +\algoskipindent=\skip70 +\algocf@nlbox=\box59 +\algocf@hangingbox=\box60 +\algocf@untilbox=\box61 +\algocf@skipuntil=\skip71 +\algocf@capbox=\box62 +\algocf@lcaptionbox=\skip72 +\algoheightruledefault=\skip73 +\algoheightrule=\skip74 +\algotitleheightruledefault=\skip75 +\algotitleheightrule=\skip76 +\c@algocfline=\count284 +\c@algocfproc=\count285 +\c@algocf=\count286 +\algocf@algoframe=\box63 +\algocf@algobox=\box64 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/makecell\makecell.sty +Package: makecell 2009/08/03 V0.1e Managing of Tab Column Heads and Cells +\rotheadsize=\dimen183 +\c@nlinenum=\count287 +\TeXr@lab=\toks26 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/subfigure\subfigure.sty +Package: subfigure 2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package +\subfigtopskip=\skip77 +\subfigcapskip=\skip78 +\subfigcaptopadj=\dimen184 +\subfigbottomskip=\skip79 +\subfigcapmargin=\dimen185 +\subfiglabelskip=\skip80 +\c@subfigure=\count288 +\c@lofdepth=\count289 +\c@subtable=\count290 +\c@lotdepth=\count291 + +**************************************** +* Local config file subfigure.cfg used * +**************************************** +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/subfigure\subfigure.cfg) +\subfig@top=\skip81 +\subfig@bottom=\skip82 +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/l3backend\l3backend-pdftex.def +File: l3backend-pdftex.def 2023-03-30 L3 backend support: PDF output (pdfTeX) +\l__color_backend_stack_int=\count292 +\l__pdf_internal_box=\box65 +) + +LaTeX Warning: Unused global option(s): + [lettersize]. + +(rs_retrieval.aux + +LaTeX Warning: Label `eqn_tuning_table' multiply defined. + + +LaTeX Warning: Label `eqn_tuning_table' multiply defined. + +) +\openout1 = `rs_retrieval.aux'. + +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OML/cmm/m/it on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMS/cmsy/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OT1/cmr/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for T1/cmr/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for TS1/cmr/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for OMX/cmex/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: Checking defaults for U/cmr/m/n on input line 29. +LaTeX Font Info: ... okay on input line 29. + +-- Lines per column: 58 (exact). +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/context/base/mkii\supp-pdf.mkii +[Loading MPS to PDF converter (version 2006.09.02).] +\scratchcounter=\count293 +\scratchdimen=\dimen186 +\scratchbox=\box66 +\nofMPsegments=\count294 +\nofMParguments=\count295 +\everyMPshowfont=\toks27 +\MPscratchCnt=\count296 +\MPscratchDim=\dimen187 +\MPnumerator=\count297 +\makeMPintoPDFobject=\count298 +\everyMPtoPDFconversion=\toks28 +) (D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/epstopdf-pkg\epstopdf-base.sty +Package: epstopdf-base 2020-01-24 v2.11 Base part for package epstopdf + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/generic/infwarerr\infwarerr.sty +Package: infwarerr 2019/12/03 v1.5 Providing info/warning/error messages (HO) +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/grfext\grfext.sty +Package: grfext 2019/12/03 v1.3 Manage graphics extensions (HO) + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/generic/kvdefinekeys\kvdefinekeys.sty +Package: kvdefinekeys 2019-12-19 v1.6 Define keys (HO) +)) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/kvoptions\kvoptions.sty +Package: kvoptions 2022-06-15 v3.15 Key value format for package options (HO) + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/generic/ltxcmds\ltxcmds.sty +Package: ltxcmds 2023-12-04 v1.26 LaTeX kernel commands for general use (HO) +) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/kvsetkeys\kvsetkeys.sty +Package: kvsetkeys 2022-10-05 v1.19 Key value parser (HO) +)) +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/generic/pdftexcmds\pdftexcmds.sty +Package: pdftexcmds 2020-06-27 v0.33 Utility functions of pdfTeX for LuaTeX (HO +) + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/generic/iftex\iftex.sty +Package: iftex 2022/02/03 v1.0f TeX engine tests +) +Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@primitive is available. +Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdf@ifprimitive is available. +Package pdftexcmds Info: \pdfdraftmode found. +) +Package epstopdf-base Info: Redefining graphics rule for `.eps' on input line 4 +85. +Package grfext Info: Graphics extension search list: +(grfext) [.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPE +G,.JBIG2,.JB2,.eps] +(grfext) \AppendGraphicsExtensions on input line 504. + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/00miktex\epstopdf-sys.cfg +File: epstopdf-sys.cfg 2021/03/18 v2.0 Configuration of epstopdf for MiKTeX +)) +LaTeX Font Info: Calculating math sizes for size <11> on input line 53. +LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for U+msa on input line 53. + + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\umsa.fd +File: umsa.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols A +) +LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for U+msb on input line 53. + + +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/amsfonts\umsb.fd +File: umsb.fd 2013/01/14 v3.01 AMS symbols B +) [1{D:/software/ctex/UserData/fonts/map/pdftex/pdftex.map{Unicode.sfd}{UGBK.sf +d}}{D:/software/ctex/MiKTeX/fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc} + + +] +Underfull \hbox (badness 2318) in paragraph at lines 108--109 +[]\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 Overall, ex-ist-ing con-cur-rency con-trol mech-a-nisms are + [] + + +Underfull \hbox (badness 1360) in paragraph at lines 108--109 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 largely de-signed around transaction-level cor-rect-ness and + [] + +[2] +Overfull \hbox (17.09525pt too wide) detected at line 165 +[][] [] []\OML/cmm/m/it/10 ; + [] + + +Underfull \hbox (badness 2368) in paragraph at lines 169--170 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 band-width with-out caus-ing star-va-tion or ex-ces-sive + [] + + +File: fig/index.png Graphic file (type png) + +Package pdftex.def Info: fig/index.png used on input line 177. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 464.39685pt x 100.8524pt. +[3] + +File: fig/st-query.png Graphic file (type png) + +Package pdftex.def Info: fig/st-query.png used on input line 184. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 158.99377pt x 365.21727pt. + [4] +Underfull \hbox (badness 2293) in paragraph at lines 237--240 +[]\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 The I/O-aware in-dex en-ables ef-fi-cient spatio-temporal + [] + + +Underfull \hbox (badness 4752) in paragraph at lines 237--240 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 range re-trievals by di-rectly trans-lat-ing re-trieval pred-i- + + [] + + +Underfull \hbox (badness 3735) in paragraph at lines 237--240 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 cates into win-dowed read plans, while avoid-ing both + [] + + +Underfull \hbox (badness 5756) in paragraph at lines 237--240 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 Given a user-specified spatio-temporal re-trieval $\OML/cmm/m/i +t/10 q \OT1/cmr/m/n/10 = + [] + +[5 <./fig/index.png> <./fig/st-query.png>] + +File: fig/cc.png Graphic file (type png) + +Package pdftex.def Info: fig/cc.png used on input line 307. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 464.39685pt x 151.16782pt. + [6] [7 <./fig/cc.png>] +Underfull \hbox (badness 4518) in paragraph at lines 409--409 +[]\OT1/ptm/b/n/10 Algorithm 1: \OT1/ptm/m/n/10 Surrogate-Assisted Ge-netic Mult +i- + [] + +LaTeX Font Info: Trying to load font information for OT1+pcr on input line 4 +17. +(D:\software\ctex\MiKTeX\tex/latex/psnfss\ot1pcr.fd +File: ot1pcr.fd 2001/06/04 font definitions for OT1/pcr. +) [8] +Underfull \vbox (badness 1097) has occurred while \output is active [] + + +Overfull \hbox (0.88164pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 497--497 +[]|\OT1/ptm/b/n/8 Resolution| + [] + + +Overfull \hbox (2.45601pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 495--509 + [][] + [] + +[9] + +File: exp/index_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp1_1.pdf used on input line 575. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 111.27748pt x 90.60472pt. + +File: exp/index_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp1_2.pdf used on input line 581. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 111.27748pt x 89.72505pt. + +File: exp/index_exp2_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp2_1.pdf used on input line 598. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 111.27748pt x 94.12335pt. + +File: exp/index_exp2_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp2_2.pdf used on input line 604. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 111.27748pt x 86.20642pt. + [10 <./exp/index_exp1_1.pdf> <./exp/index_exp1_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp1_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/index_exp2_1.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp2_1.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/index_exp2_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp2_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +>] + +File: exp/index_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp3_1.pdf used on input line 622. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 105.4204pt x 80.83417pt. + +File: exp/index_exp3_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp3_2.pdf used on input line 628. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 105.4204pt x 81.6675pt. + +File: exp/index_exp3_3.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp3_3.pdf used on input line 636. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 130.08621pt x 104.8943pt. + +File: exp/index_exp4_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp4_2.pdf used on input line 655. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 114.79138pt x 88.02173pt. + +File: exp/index_exp4_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/index_exp4_1.pdf used on input line 661. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 106.5929pt x 84.26234pt. + [11 <./exp/index_exp3_1.pdf> <./exp/index_exp3_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp3_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/index_exp3_3.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp3_3.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/index_exp4_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp4_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/index_exp4_1.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/index_exp4_1.pdf): PDF inclusion: mult +iple pdfs with page group included in a single page +>] +Underfull \hbox (badness 1939) in paragraph at lines 676--678 +[]\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 For com-par-i-son, we eval-u-ate the fol-low-ing ex-e-cu-tion + + [] + + +File: exp/cc_exp1_3.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp1_3.pdf used on input line 685. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 151.76744pt x 122.97867pt. + +File: exp/cc_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp1_2.pdf used on input line 687. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 151.76744pt x 122.97867pt. + +File: exp/cc_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp1_1.pdf used on input line 691. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 151.76744pt x 122.97867pt. + +File: exp/cc_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp3_1.pdf used on input line 715. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 110.10678pt x 89.21667pt. + +File: exp/cc_exp3_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp3_2.pdf used on input line 721. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 113.62068pt x 88.02258pt. +[12] + +File: exp/cc_exp4.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/cc_exp4.pdf used on input line 739. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 130.08621pt x 107.97943pt. + +Underfull \hbox (badness 1874) in paragraph at lines 760--761 +\OT1/ptm/m/n/10 high-impact pa-ram-e-ter se-lec-tion and Re-in-force-ment + [] + +[13 <./exp/cc_exp1_3.pdf> <./exp/cc_exp1_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/cc_exp1_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: multipl +e pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/cc_exp1_1.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/cc_exp1_1.pdf): PDF inclusion: multipl +e pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/cc_exp3_1.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/cc_exp3_1.pdf): PDF inclusion: multipl +e pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/cc_exp3_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/cc_exp3_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: multipl +e pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/cc_exp4.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/cc_exp4.pdf): PDF inclusion: multiple +pdfs with page group included in a single page +>] + +File: exp/tune_exp1_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/tune_exp1_1.pdf used on input line 771. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 110.10678pt x 90.52228pt. + +File: exp/tune_exp1_2.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/tune_exp1_2.pdf used on input line 777. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 113.62068pt x 91.61536pt. + +File: exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf Graphic file (type pdf) + +Package pdftex.def Info: exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf used on input line 800. +(pdftex.def) Requested size: 130.08621pt x 111.06456pt. + +Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active [] + + [14 <./exp/tune_exp1_1.pdf> <./exp/tune_exp1_2.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/tune_exp1_2.pdf): PDF inclusion: multi +ple pdfs with page group included in a single page +> <./exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf + +pdfTeX warning: pdflatex.exe (file ./exp/tune_exp3_1.pdf): PDF inclusion: multi +ple pdfs with page group included in a single page +>] (rs_retrieval.bbl) [15] (rs_retrieval.aux) + +LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels. + + ) +Here is how much of TeX's memory you used: + 5745 strings out of 476331 + 98021 string characters out of 5797649 + 1882660 words of memory out of 5000000 + 26051 multiletter control sequences out of 15000+600000 + 561830 words of font info for 131 fonts, out of 8000000 for 9000 + 1145 hyphenation exceptions out of 8191 + 62i,17n,67p,1675b,499s stack positions out of 10000i,1000n,20000p,200000b,200000s + +Output written on rs_retrieval.pdf (15 pages, 2366105 bytes). +PDF statistics: + 400 PDF objects out of 1000 (max. 8388607) + 0 named destinations out of 1000 (max. 500000) + 106 words of extra memory for PDF output out of 10000 (max. 10000000) + diff --git a/rs_retrieval.pdf b/rs_retrieval.pdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b446db Binary files /dev/null and b/rs_retrieval.pdf differ diff --git a/rs_retrieval.synctex.gz b/rs_retrieval.synctex.gz new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7fd5e57 Binary files /dev/null and b/rs_retrieval.synctex.gz differ diff --git a/mySkyline-v7.5.tex b/rs_retrieval.tex similarity index 79% rename from mySkyline-v7.5.tex rename to rs_retrieval.tex index c823c3e..839afff 100644 --- a/mySkyline-v7.5.tex +++ b/rs_retrieval.tex @@ -1,144 +1,23 @@ - -% -\documentclass[9pt,journal,cspaper,compsoc]{IEEEtran} -\linespread{0.885} -% - - - - - - - -% *** CITATION PACKAGES *** -% -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - % IEEE Computer Society needs nocompress option - % requires cite.sty v4.0 or later (November 2003) - % \usepackage[nocompress]{cite} -\else - % normal IEEE - % \usepackage{cite} -\fi - - - - - - -% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES *** -% -\ifCLASSINFOpdf - \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} - - % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are - \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}} - % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with - % every instance of \includegraphics - \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png} -\else - % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx - % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no - % driver is specified. - \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx} - - % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are - \graphicspath{{../eps/}} - % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with - % every instance of \includegraphics - \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps} -\fi -% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is - - - - -% *** MATH PACKAGES *** -% -\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath} -% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides -% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using -% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that -% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option, -% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within -% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a -% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant! -% -% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000 -% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use: -\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 -% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally -% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest -% version and documentation can be obtained at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/ - - - - - -% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES *** -% -\usepackage{algorithmic} -% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito. -% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms. -% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure -% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm -% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or -% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated -% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide -% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of -% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/ -% There is also a support site at: -% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html -% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable) -% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/ - - - - -% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES *** -% +\documentclass[lettersize,journal]{IEEEtran} +\usepackage{amsmath,amsfonts} \usepackage{array} -% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves -% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better -% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table -% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with -% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly -% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty) -% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The -% latest version and documentation can be obtained at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/ - - -%\usepackage{mdwmath} -%\usepackage{mdwtab} -% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools, -% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations -% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most -% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/ - - -% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to -% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high -% quality. +%\usepackage[caption=false,font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig} +\usepackage{textcomp} +%\usepackage{stfloats} +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{verbatim} +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage{cite} +\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor IEEE-Xplore} +% updated with editorial comments 8/9/2021 +% custom package +% for algorithm +\usepackage{algorithmic} +%\usepackage{algorithm} +\usepackage[linesnumbered,lined,ruled]{algorithm2e} +% for fig \usepackage{makecell} - - -\usepackage{eqparbox} -% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating -% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes". -% Available at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/ - - - - - -% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES *** \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc \usepackage[tight,normalsize,sf,SF]{subfigure} \else @@ -147,171 +26,45 @@ -% special characters -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} - - -% for algorithm -\usepackage[linesnumbered,lined,ruled]{algorithm2e} - -\usepackage{enumerate} -\usepackage{amssymb} - -\usepackage{xcolor} % 加载颜色宏包 - -% correct bad hyphenation here -\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor} - - - -\newcommand\toPrintComments{true} -\newcommand{\kol}[1]{ -\ifthenelse{\equal{\toPrintComments}{true}}{ -{\em#1} -}{} -} - - \begin{document} -% -% paper title -% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired + \title{An I/O-Efficient Approach for Concurrent Spatio-Temporal Range Retrievals over Large-Scale Remote Sensing Image Data} -% -% -% author names and IEEE memberships - - -\author{Ze~Deng, - Yue Wang, - Tao Liu, - Schahram Dustdar,\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~IEEE,} - Rajiv Ranjan, - Albert Zomaya, \IEEEmembership{Fellow,~IEEE,} - Yizhi Liu - and Lizhe~Wang$^{\dagger}$, ~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~IEEE,} - - % <-this % stops a space - -\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{ -\IEEEcompsocthanksitem Z. Deng, L. Wang (Corresponding author, lizhe.Wang@gmail.com), Y. Wang, T. Liu, and Y. Liu are with the School of Computer Science, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan, 430078, P.R.China. - -\IEEEcompsocthanksitem Z. Deng, and L. Wang (Corresponding author, lizhe.Wang@gmail.com) are also with Hubei Key Laboratory of Intelligent Geo-Information Processing, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan 430074, China. - -\IEEEcompsocthanksitem Schahram Dustdar is with the Technische Universit$\ddot{a}$t Wien, Austria. - -\IEEEcompsocthanksitem R. Ranjan is with School of Computing, Newcastle University, U.K. - -\IEEEcompsocthanksitem A. Zomaya is with the School of Information Technologies, The University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. - - -%%\IEEEcompsocthanksitem M. Shell is with the Department -%%of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, -%%GA, 30332.\protect\\ -% note need leading \protect in front of \\ to get a newline within \thanks as -% \\ is fragile and will error, could use \hfil\break instead. -%%%E-mail: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html -%%\IEEEcompsocthanksitem J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous %%University. -}% <-this % stops a space -\thanks{} +\author{Ao~Long, + Wei~Lin, + and Ze~Deng$^{\dagger}$ + % <-this % stops a space + \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{ + \IEEEcompsocthanksitem A. Long, W. Lin and Z. Deng, (Corresponding author, dengze@cug.edu.cn) are with the School of Computer Science, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan, 430078, P.R.China. + + \IEEEcompsocthanksitem Z. Deng is also with Hubei Key Laboratory of Intelligent Geo-Information Processing, China University of Geosciences, Wuhan 430074, China. + }% <-this % stops a space + \thanks{} } -% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - -% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name -% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this: -% -% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} } -% ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces! -% -% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that -% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For -% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get -% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}" -% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks -% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks. -% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as -% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth, -% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil -% space somehow managed to creep in. - - - - - - - - % The paper headers -\markboth{IEEE Transactions on Computers,~Vol.~XX, No.~X, January~2014}% -{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Computer Society Journals} -% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages +\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~14, No.~8, August~2021}% +{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: A Sample Article Using IEEEtran.cls for IEEE Journals} +%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2021 IEEE} +% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second +% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark. - - - -% for Computer Society papers, we must declare the abstract and index terms -% PRIOR to the title within the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext IEEEtran -% command as these need to go into the title area created by \maketitle. -\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{% -\begin{abstract} -%\boldmath -High-performance remote sensing analytics workflows require ingesting and retrieving massive image archives to support real-time spatio-temporal applications. While modern systems utilize window-based I/O reading to reduce data transfer, they face a dual bottleneck: (1) the prohibitive overhead of runtime geospatial computations caused by the decoupling of logical indexing from physical storage, and (2) severe storage-level I/O contention triggered by uncoordinated concurrent reads. To address these limitations, we present a comprehensive I/O-aware retrieval approach based on a novel "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" paradigm. We introduce a dual-layer inverted index that serves as an I/O planner, pre-materializing grid-to-pixel mappings to completely eliminate runtime geometric calculations. Furthermore, we design a hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination protocol that adaptively integrates Calvin-style deterministic ordering with optimistic execution, effectively converting I/O contention into request merging opportunities. To handle fluctuating workloads, we incorporate a Surrogate-Assisted Genetic Multi-Armed Bandit (SA-GMAB) for automatic parameter tuning. Evaluated on a distributed cluster with martian datasets, the experimental results indicate that: (1) I/O-aware indexing reduces retrieval latency by an order of magnitude; (2) hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination achieves a 54x speedup under high contention through request merging and automates optimal mode switching; and (3) SA-GMAB has the fastest convergence speed and recovers from workload shifts $2\times$ faster than TunIO. -\end{abstract} -% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract. -% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However, -% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract, -% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start -% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math -% in the abstract anyway. In particular, the Computer Society does -% not want either math or citations to appear in the abstract. - -% Note that keywords are not normally used for peer review papers. -\begin{keywords} -Remote sensing data management, Spatio-temporal range retrievals, I/O-aware indexing, Concurrency control, I/O tuning -\end{keywords}} - - -% make the title area \maketitle +\begin{abstract} +High-performance remote sensing analytics workflows require ingesting and retrieving massive image archives to support real-time spatio-temporal applications. While modern systems utilize window-based I/O reading to reduce data transfer, they face a dual bottleneck: (1) the prohibitive overhead of runtime geospatial computations caused by the decoupling of logical indexing from physical storage, and (2) severe storage-level I/O contention triggered by uncoordinated concurrent reads. To address these limitations, we present a comprehensive I/O-aware retrieval approach based on a novel "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" paradigm. We introduce a dual-layer inverted index that serves as an I/O planner, pre-materializing grid-to-pixel mappings to completely eliminate runtime geometric calculations. Furthermore, we design a hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination protocol that adaptively integrates Calvin-style deterministic ordering with optimistic execution, effectively converting I/O contention into request merging opportunities. To handle fluctuating workloads, we incorporate a Surrogate-Assisted Genetic Multi-Armed Bandit (SA-GMAB) for automatic parameter tuning. Evaluated on a distributed cluster with martian datasets, the experimental results indicate that: (1) I/O-aware indexing reduces retrieval latency by an order of magnitude; (2) hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination achieves a 54x speedup under high contention through request merging and automates optimal mode switching; and (3) SA-GMAB has the fastest convergence speed and recovers from workload shifts $2\times$ faster than TunIO. +\end{abstract} -% To allow for easy dual compilation without having to reenter the -% abstract/keywords data, the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext text will -% not be used in maketitle, but will appear (i.e., to be "transported") -% here as \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext when compsoc mode -% is not selected if conference mode is selected - because compsoc -% conference papers position the abstract like regular (non-compsoc) -% papers do! -\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext -% \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext has no effect when using -% compsoc under a non-conference mode. - - -% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover -% page as needed: -% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview -% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center} -% \fi -% -% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and -% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes. -\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle - - +\begin{IEEEkeywords} +Remote sensing data management, Spatio-temporal range retrievals, I/O-aware indexing, Concurrency control, I/O tuning. +\end{IEEEkeywords} \section{Introduction} - - -%%\hfill mds - -%%\hfill January 11, 2007 \IEEEPARstart{A} massive amount of remote sensing (RS) data, characterized by high spatial, temporal, and spectral resolutions, is being generated at an unprecedented speed due to the rapid advancement of Earth observation missions \cite{Ma15RS_bigdata}. For instance, NASA's AVIRIS-NG acquires nearly 9 GB of data per hour, while the EO-1 Hyperion sensor generates over 1.6 TB daily \cite{Haut21DDL_RS}. Beyond the sheer volume of data, these datasets are increasingly subjected to intensive concurrent access from global research communities and real-time emergency response systems (e.g., multi-departmental coordination during natural disasters). Consequently, modern RS platforms are required to provide not only massive storage capacity but also high-throughput retrieval capabilities to satisfy the simultaneous demands of numerous spatio-temporal analysis tasks. \par -Existing RS data management systems \cite{LEWIS17datacube, Yan21RS_manage1, liu24mstgi} typically decompose a spatio-temporal range retrieval into a decoupled two-phase execution model. The first phase is the metadata filtering phase, which utilizes spatio-temporal metadata (e.g., footprints, timestamps) to identify candidate image files that intersect the retrieval predicate. Recent advancements have transitioned from traditional tree-based indexes \cite{Strobl08PostGIS, Simoes16PostGIST} to scalable distributed schemes based on grid encodings and space-filling curves, such as GeoHash \cite{suwardi15geohash}, GeoSOT \cite{Yan21RS_manage1}, and GeoMesa \cite{hughes15geomesa}. By leveraging these high-dimensional indexing structures, the search complexity of the first phase has been effectively reduced to $O(\log N)$ or even $O(1)$, making metadata discovery extremely efficient even for billion-scale datasets. +Existing RS data management systems \cite{LEWIS17datacube, Yan21RS_manage1, liu24mstgi} typically decompose a spatio-temporal range retrieval into a decoupled two-phase execution model. The first phase is the metadata filtering phase, which utilizes spatio-temporal metadata (e.g., footprints, timestamps) to identify candidate image files that intersect the retrieval predicate. Recent advancements have transitioned from traditional tree-based indexes \cite{Strobl08PostGIS, Simoes16PostGIST} to scalable distributed schemes based on grid encodings and space-filling curves, such as GeoHash \cite{suwardi15geohash}, GeoSOT \cite{Yan21RS_manage1}, and GeoMesa \cite{hughes15geomesa, Li23TrajMesa}. By leveraging these high-dimensional indexing structures, the search complexity of the first phase has been effectively reduced to $O(\log N)$ or even $O(1)$, making metadata discovery extremely efficient even for billion-scale datasets. \par The second phase is the data extraction phase, where the system reads the actual pixel data from the identified raw image files stored in distributed file systems or object stores. A critical observation in modern high-performance RS analytics is that the primary system bottleneck has fundamentally shifted from the first phase to the second. While the metadata search completes in milliseconds, the end-to-end retrieval latency is now dominated by the massive I/O overhead required to fetch, decompress, and process large-scale raw images. Traditional systems attempted to reduce I/O overhead by pre-slicing tiles and building pyramids (e.g., approaches used in Google Earth Engine \cite{gorelick17GEE} that store metadata in HBase and serve pre-tiled image pyramids), but aggressive tiling increases management complexity and produces many small files. More recent Cloud-Optimized GeoTIFF (COG) formats and COG-aware frameworks \cite{LEWIS17datacube}, \cite{riotiler25riotiler} exploit internal overviews and window-based I/O to read only the portions of files that spatially intersect a retrieval. @@ -323,10 +76,10 @@ To address the problems above, we propose a novel "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" p \begin{enumerate} \item We propose an I/O-aware index schema. Instead of merely returning candidate image identifiers, our index directly translates high-level spatio-temporal predicates into concrete, byte-level windowed read plans. This design bridges the semantic gap between logical retrievals and physical storage, eliminating expensive runtime geospatial computations and ensuring that I/O cost is proportional strictly to the retrieval footprint. - + \item We propose a hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination protocol. This protocol adapts transaction processing principles by integrating Calvin-style deterministic ordering \cite{Thomson12Calvin} with optimistic execution \cite{Lim17OCC}. It shifts the focus from protecting database rows to coordinating shared I/O flows. This protocol dynamically switches strategies based on spatial contention, effectively converting "I/O contention" into "request merging opportunities." - - \item We propose an automatic I/O tuning method to improve the I/O performance of spatio-temporal range retrievals over remote sensing data. The method extends an existing AI-powered I/O tuning framework \cite{Rajesh24TunIO} based on a surrogate-assisted genetic multi-armed bandit algorithm \cite{Preil25GMAB}. + + \item We propose an automatic I/O tuning method to improve the I/O performance of spatio-temporal range retrievals over RS data. The method extends an existing AI-powered I/O tuning framework \cite{Rajesh24TunIO} based on a surrogate-assisted genetic multi-armed bandit algorithm \cite{Preil25GMAB}. \end{enumerate} \par @@ -343,13 +96,13 @@ Section~\ref{sec:Con} concludes this paper with a summary. This section describes the most salient studies of I/O-efficient spatio-temporal retrieval processing, concurrency control and I/O Performance Tuning. \subsection{I/O-Efficient Spatio-Temporal Retrieval Processing} -Efficient spatio-temporal query processing for remote sensing data has been extensively studied, with early efforts primarily focusing on metadata organization and index-level pruning in relational database systems. Traditional approaches typically extend tree-based spatial indexes, such as R-tree \cite{Strobl08PostGIS}, quadtree \cite{Tang12Quad-Tree}, and their spatio-temporal variants \cite{Simoes16PostGIST}, to organize image footprints together with temporal attributes, and are commonly implemented on relational backends (e.g., MySQL and PostgreSQL). These methods provide efficient range filtering for moderate-scale datasets, but their reliance on balanced tree structures often leads to high maintenance overhead and limited scalability as the volume of remote sensing metadata grows rapidly. With the continuous increase in data volume and ingestion rate, recent systems have gradually shifted toward grid-based spatio-temporal indexing schemes deployed on distributed NoSQL stores. By encoding spatial footprints into uniform spatial grids using GeoHash \cite{suwardi15geohash}, GeoSOT \cite{Yan21RS_manage1}, or space-filling curves \cite{hughes15geomesa}, \cite{liu24mstgi}, and combining them with temporal identifiers, these approaches enable lightweight index construction and better horizontal scalability on backends such as HBase and Elasticsearch. Such grid-based indexes can effectively reduce the candidate search space through coarse-grained pruning and are more suitable for large-scale, continuously growing remote sensing archives. +Efficient spatio-temporal query processing for RS data has been extensively studied, with early efforts primarily focusing on metadata organization and index-level pruning in relational database systems. Traditional approaches typically extend tree-based spatial indexes, such as R-tree \cite{Strobl08PostGIS}, quadtree \cite{Tang12Quad-Tree}, and their spatio-temporal variants \cite{Simoes16PostGIST}, to organize image footprints together with temporal attributes, and are commonly implemented on relational backends (e.g., MySQL and PostgreSQL). These methods provide efficient range filtering for moderate-scale datasets, but their reliance on balanced tree structures often leads to high maintenance overhead and limited scalability as the volume of remote sensing metadata grows rapidly. With the continuous increase in data volume and ingestion rate, recent systems have gradually shifted toward grid-based spatio-temporal indexing schemes deployed on distributed NoSQL stores. By encoding spatial footprints into uniform spatial grids \cite{suwardi15geohash, Yan21RS_manage1} or space-filling curves \cite{liu24mstgi, Yang24GridMesa} and combining them with temporal identifiers, these approaches enable lightweight index construction and better horizontal scalability on backends such as HBase and Elasticsearch. Such grid-based indexes can effectively reduce the candidate search space through coarse-grained pruning and are more suitable for large-scale, continuously growing remote sensing archives. \par However, index pruning alone is insufficient to guarantee end-to-end retrieval efficiency for remote sensing workloads, where individual images are usually large and retrieval results require further pixel-level processing. To reduce the amount of raw I/O, Google Earth system \cite{gorelick17GEE} relies on tiling and multi-resolution pyramids that physically split images into small blocks. While more recent solutions leverage COG and window-based I/O to enable partial reads from monolithic image files. Frameworks such as OpenDataCube \cite{LEWIS17datacube} exploit these features to read only the image regions intersecting a retrieval window, thereby reducing unnecessary data transfer. Nevertheless, after candidate images are identified, most systems still perform fine-grained geospatial computations for each image, including coordinate transformations and precise pixel-window derivation, which may incur substantial overhead when many images are involved. \subsection{Concurrency Control} -Concurrency control has long been studied to provide correctness and high throughput in multi-user database and storage systems, with two broad paradigms dominating the literature: deterministic scheduling \cite{Thomson12Calvin} and non-deterministic schemes \cite{Bernstein812PL}, \cite{KungR81OCC}. Hybrid approaches \cite{WangK16MVOCC}, \cite{Hong25HDCC} that adaptively combine these paradigms seek to exploit the low-conflict efficiency of deterministic execution while retaining the flexibility of optimistic techniques. More recent proposals such as OOCC target read-heavy, disaggregated settings by reducing validation and round-trips for read-only transactions, achieving low latency under OLTP-like workloads \cite{Wu25OOCC}. These CC families are primarily optimized for record- or key-level access patterns: their metrics and designs emphasize transaction latency, abort rates, and throughput under workloads with small, well-defined read/write sets. +Concurrency control has long been studied to provide correctness and high throughput in multi-user database and storage systems, with two broad paradigms dominating the literature: deterministic scheduling \cite{Thomson12Calvin, hong2025deterministic} and non-deterministic schemes \cite{Bernstein812PL}, \cite{KungR81OCC}. Hybrid approaches \cite{WangK16MVOCC}, \cite{Hong25HDCC} that adaptively combine these paradigms seek to exploit the low-conflict efficiency of deterministic execution while retaining the flexibility of optimistic techniques. More recent proposals such as OOCC target read-heavy, disaggregated settings by reducing validation and round-trips for read-only transactions, achieving low latency under OLTP-like workloads \cite{Wu25OOCC}. These methods are primarily optimized for record- or key-level access patterns: their metrics and designs emphasize transaction latency, abort rates, and throughput under workloads with small, well-defined read/write sets. \par Overall, existing concurrency control mechanisms are largely designed around transaction-level correctness and throughput, assuming record- or key-based access patterns and treating storage I/O as a black box. Their optimization objectives rarely account for I/O amplification or fine-grained storage contention induced by concurrent range retrievals. Consequently, these approaches are ill-suited for data-intensive spatio-temporal workloads, where coordinating overlapping window reads and mitigating storage-level interference are critical to achieving scalable performance under multi-user access. @@ -358,7 +111,7 @@ Overall, existing concurrency control mechanisms are largely designed around tra I/O performance tuning has been extensively studied in the context of HPC and data-intensive storage systems, where complex multi-layer I/O stacks expose a large number of tunable parameters. These parameters span different layers, including application-level I/O libraries, middleware, and underlying storage systems, and their interactions often lead to highly non-linear performance behaviors. As a result, manual tuning is time-consuming and error-prone, motivating a wide range of auto-tuning approaches \cite{Peng26IOsurvey}. \par -Several studies focus on improving the efficiency of the tuning pipeline itself by reformulating the search space or optimization objectives. Chen et al. \cite{Chen21Tuning1} proposed a meta multi-objectivization (MMO) model that introduces auxiliary performance objectives to mitigate premature convergence to local optima. While such techniques can improve optimization robustness, they are largely domain-agnostic and do not explicitly account for the characteristics of I/O-intensive workloads. Other works, such as the contextual bandit-based approach by Bez et al. \cite{Bez20TuningLayer}, optimize specific layers of the I/O stack (e.g., I/O forwarding) by exploiting observed access patterns. However, these methods are primarily designed for administrator-level tuning and target isolated components rather than end-to-end application I/O behavior. +Several studies focus on improving the efficiency of the tuning pipeline itself by reformulating the search space or optimization objectives. Chen et al. \cite{Chen21Tuning1} proposed a meta multi-objectivization model that introduces auxiliary performance objectives to mitigate premature convergence to local optima. While such techniques can improve optimization robustness, they are largely domain-agnostic and do not explicitly account for the characteristics of I/O-intensive workloads. Other works, such as the contextual bandit-based approach by Bez et al. \cite{Bez20TuningLayer}, optimize specific layers of the I/O stack (e.g., I/O forwarding) by exploiting observed access patterns. However, these methods are primarily designed for administrator-level tuning and target isolated components rather than end-to-end application I/O behavior \cite{Yang22end-IO}. \par User-level I/O tuning has also been explored, most notably by H5Tuner \cite{Behzad13HDF5}, which employs genetic algorithms to optimize the configuration of the HDF5 I/O library. Although effective for single-layer tuning, H5Tuner does not consider cross-layer interactions and lacks mechanisms for reducing tuning cost, such as configuration prioritization or early stopping. @@ -417,7 +170,7 @@ subject to: \end{enumerate} \section{I/O-aware Indexing Structure}\label{sec:Index} -This section introduces the details of indexing structure for spatio-temporal range retrieval over remote sensing image data. +This section introduces the details of indexing structure for spatio-temporal range retrieval over RS data. \begin{figure*}[htb] \centering @@ -515,7 +268,7 @@ As shown in Step~3 of Fig.~\ref{fig_ST_Query}, the final stage translates the ca \begin{equation} \label{eqn_pre_spatial_query} -I2G\left[ I,\{g_1,...,g_k\} \right] =\left\{ W_{I\_g_i}\mid g_i\cap I\ne \emptyset \right\} . + I2G\left[ I,\{g_1,...,g_k\} \right] =\left\{ W_{I\_g_i}\mid g_i\cap I\ne \emptyset \right\} . \end{equation} \par @@ -670,24 +423,24 @@ subject to practical constraints on tuning overhead and system stability. \BlankLine \tcp{Online Tuning Loop} \While{arrival of retrieval $q_t$ with execution context $c_t$}{ - + \tcp{Candidate Generation} Apply genetic operators (selection, crossover, mutation) on current population to generate candidate set $\mathcal{C}_t \subset \Theta$\; - + \tcp{Surrogate-based Pre-evaluation} \ForEach{$\theta \in \mathcal{C}_t$}{ $\hat{r}_\theta \leftarrow \tilde{f}(\theta, c_t)$\; } - + \tcp{Candidate Filtering} Select top-$K$ configurations $\mathcal{C}'_t \subset \mathcal{C}_t$ based on $\hat{r}_\theta$ or uncertainty\; - + \tcp{Bandit-based Selection} \ForEach{$\theta \in \mathcal{C}'_t$}{ $\text{Score}(\theta) = \hat{\mu}_\theta + \alpha \sqrt{\frac{\log(t+1)}{n_\theta + 1}}$\; } Select configuration: $\theta_t = \arg\max_{\theta \in \mathcal{C}'_t} \text{Score}(\theta)$\; - + \tcp{Retrieval Execution \& Reward Observation} Execute retrieval $q_t$ using I/O coordination policy $\theta_t$\; Measure performance outcome and compute reward $r_t$\; @@ -895,7 +648,7 @@ Moreover, the choice of grid resolution (Zoom Level) is a critical parameter tha \subsubsection{Index Construction and Storage Overhead} \begin{figure}[tb] \centering - \subfigure[Ingested images ($10^4$)]{ + \subfigure[Ingested images ($10^4$)]{ \begin{minipage}[b]{0.227\textwidth} \includegraphics[width=0.98\textwidth]{exp/index_exp4_2.pdf} \end{minipage} @@ -918,7 +671,7 @@ Finally, we evaluated the scalability and cost of maintaining the index. Fig.~\r In this section, we evaluate the proposed hybrid coordination mechanism on a distributed storage cluster to assess its scalability, robustness under contention, and internal storage efficiency. \par -To systematically control the workload characteristics, we developed a synthetic workload generator. We define the Spatial Overlap Ratio ($\sigma$) to quantify the extent of shared data regions among concurrent queries, ranging from $\sigma=0$ (disjoint) to $\sigma=0.9$ (highly concentrated hotspots). The number of concurrent clients varies from $N=1$ to $N=64$. It is worth noting that given the data-intensive nature of remote sensing queries where a single request triggers GB-scale I/O and complex decoding, 64 concurrent streams are sufficient to fully saturate the aggregate I/O bandwidth and CPU resources of our experimental cluster, representing a heavy-load scenario in operational scientific computing environments. +To systematically control the workload characteristics, we developed a synthetic workload generator. We define the Spatial Overlap Ratio ($\sigma$) to quantify the extent of shared data regions among concurrent queries, ranging from $\sigma=0$ (disjoint) to $\sigma=0.9$ (highly concentrated hotspots). The number of concurrent clients varies from $N=1$ to $N=64$. It is worth noting that given the data-intensive nature of retrievals where a single request triggers GB-scale I/O and complex decoding, 64 concurrent streams are sufficient to fully saturate the aggregate I/O bandwidth and CPU resources of our experimental cluster, representing a heavy-load scenario in operational scientific computing environments. For comparison, we evaluate the following execution schemes: \begin{enumerate} @@ -1039,7 +792,7 @@ To strictly quantify the cost-effectiveness of the tuning process, we adopt the \end{equation} where $t$ denotes the cumulative tuning time (overhead). $\mathcal{P}_{initial} = 1 / \mathcal{L}_{0}$ represents the baseline performance derived from the default configuration, and $\mathcal{P}_{achieved}(t) = 1 / \mathcal{L}_{t}$ represents the maximum performance achieved up to time $t$. Functionally, this metric represents the "performance gain purchased per unit of tuning time." A higher RoTI value signifies that the optimizer rapidly identifies low-latency configurations with minimal computational overhead. -Fig.~\ref{fig:tune_exp1_2} plots the RoTI curves over time. Our method (SA-GMAB) reaches a remarkable RoTI peak ($\approx 100$) at the early stage ($t=825$). This indicates that SA-GMAB yields the highest immediate return on investment, successfully locating high-quality configurations when the tuning budget is strictly limited. In contrast, TunIO peaks at a significantly lower value ($\approx 68$), while GA remains flat and inefficient ($\approx 46$). This confirms that the surrogate-assisted mechanism effectively amplifies the value of each exploration step. All curves exhibit a decaying trend as time progresses ($t \rightarrow \infty$). This is expected behavior: as the system converges to the global optimum, the marginal performance gain ($\Delta \mathcal{P}$) saturates while the accumulated time $t$ continues to grow. Notably, SA-GMAB's RoTI decays faster in the late stages simply because it has already exhausted the potential for improvement much earlier than the baselines. +Fig.~\ref{fig:tune_exp1}(b) plots the RoTI curves over time. Our method (SA-GMAB) reaches a remarkable RoTI peak ($\approx 100$) at the early stage ($t=825$). This indicates that SA-GMAB yields the highest immediate return on investment, successfully locating high-quality configurations when the tuning budget is strictly limited. In contrast, TunIO peaks at a significantly lower value ($\approx 68$), while GA remains flat and inefficient ($\approx 46$). This confirms that the surrogate-assisted mechanism effectively amplifies the value of each exploration step. All curves exhibit a decaying trend as time progresses ($t \rightarrow \infty$). This is expected behavior: as the system converges to the global optimum, the marginal performance gain ($\Delta \mathcal{P}$) saturates while the accumulated time $t$ continues to grow. Notably, SA-GMAB's RoTI decays faster in the late stages simply because it has already exhausted the potential for improvement much earlier than the baselines. \subsubsection{Adaptation to Workload Shifts} \begin{figure} @@ -1054,96 +807,27 @@ We further investigated the system's resilience in non-stationary environments. Fig.~\ref{fig:tune_exp3} illustrates the latency evolution before and after the shift. At $t=60$, the workload transition causes an immediate performance collapse across all methods, with latency spiking from a stable $\approx 50$ ms to $>300$ ms. This confirms that the configuration optimal for the previous phase is detrimental in the new environment. The GA-based method fails to adapt effectively. Post-shift, its latency hovers around $290-300$ ms. Lacking a mechanism to quickly reset or guide exploration, the genetic algorithm remains trapped in the local optima of the previous workload, exhibiting almost zero recovery within the observation window. TunIO manages to reduce latency but at a slow pace. It takes 40 steps to lower the latency from 308 ms to 134 ms ($t=100$). While the RL agent eventually learns the new reward function, the high sample complexity delays the recovery, leaving the system in a suboptimal state for a prolonged period. In contrast, SA-GMAB executes a decisive recovery. By leveraging the surrogate model to filter high-uncertainty candidates, it rapidly identifies the new optimal region. The latency drops to $\approx 88$ ms at $t=80$ and further stabilizes at $\approx 74$ ms at $t=100$. \section{Conclusions}\label{sec:Con} -This paper presents a comprehensive I/O-aware retrieval approach designed to strictly bound retrieval latency and maximize throughput for large-scale spatio-temporal analytics. By introducing the "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" paradigm, the dual-layer inverted index bridges the semantic gap between logical indexing and physical storage, effectively shifting the computational burden from retrieval time to ingestion time. To address the scalability challenges in concurrent environments, we developed a hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination protocol that adaptively switches between deterministic ordering and optimistic execution based on spatial contention. Furthermore, to handle the complexity of parameter configuration in fluctuating workloads, we integrated the SA-GMAB method for online automatic I/O tuning. The experimental results indicate that: (1) I/O-aware indexing achieves an order-of-magnitude latency reduction with negligible storage overhead; (2) the hybrid coordination protocol realizes a $54\times$ throughput improvement in high-overlap scenarios; and (3) the SA-GMAB method recovers from workload shifts $2\times$ faster than RL baselines while maximizing RoTI. Future work will explore extending the coordination protocol to support more complex analytical operators, such as distributed pixel-level join and aggregation, and integrating the tuning framework with tiered storage hierarchies to further optimize performance in cloud-native environments. - -% if have a single appendix: -%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations] -% or -%\appendix % for no appendix heading -% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section* -% is possibly needed - -% use appendices with more than one appendix -% then use \section to start each appendix -% you must declare a \section before using any -% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself -% starts a section numbered zero.) -% - - -%%\appendices -%%\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation} -%%Appendix one text goes here. - -% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix -% if you want by leaving the argument blank -%%\section{} -%%Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here.Appendix two text goes here. - - -% use section* for acknowledgement -\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc - % The Computer Society usually uses the plural form - \section*{Acknowledgments} -This work is supported in part by the National Natural -Science Foundation of China (No. U21A2013, No. 41925007 and No. 62076224), Open Research Project of The Hubei Key Laboratory of Intelligent Geo-Information Processing(KLIGIP-2019B14). -\else - % regular IEEE prefers the singular form - % \section*{Acknowledgment} -%%Dr. L. Wang's work is funded by ``One-Hundred Talents Program'' of -%Chinese Academy of Sciences. Drs. X. Chen, Z. Deng and D. Chen were -%supported in part by the by the National Natural Science Foundation of -%China (No. 61272314), the Program for New Century Excellent Talents in -%University (NCET-11-0722), the Excellent Youth Foundation of Hubei -%Scientific Committee (No. 2012FFA025), the Natural Science Foundation -%of Hubei Province (No. 2011CDB159), the Specialized Research Fund for -%the Doctoral Program of Higher Education (20110145110010), the -%Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities, China University of Geosciences(Wuhan) (No. -%CUG120114, No. CUG130617), and Beijing Microelectronics Technology Institute under -%the University Research Programme (No. BM-KJ-FK-WX-20130731-0013). - -\fi +This paper presents a I/O-aware retrieval approach designed to bound retrieval latency and maximize throughput for large-scale spatio-temporal analytics. By introducing the "Index-as-an-Execution-Plan" paradigm, the dual-layer inverted index bridges the semantic gap between logical indexing and physical storage, effectively shifting the computational burden from retrieval time to ingestion time. To address the scalability challenges in concurrent environments, we developed a hybrid concurrency-aware I/O coordination protocol that adaptively switches between deterministic ordering and optimistic execution based on spatial contention. Furthermore, to handle the complexity of parameter configuration in fluctuating workloads, we integrated the SA-GMAB method for online automatic I/O tuning. The experimental results indicate that: (1) I/O-aware indexing achieves an order-of-magnitude latency reduction with negligible storage overhead; (2) the hybrid coordination protocol realizes a $54\times$ throughput improvement in high-overlap scenarios; and (3) the SA-GMAB method recovers from workload shifts $2\times$ faster than RL baselines while maximizing RoTI. - - -% Can use something like this to put references on a page -% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option. -\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff - \newpage -\fi +\section*{Acknowledgments} +This should be a simple paragraph before the References to thank those individuals and institutions who have supported your work on this article. -% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference -% number - used to balance the columns on the last page -% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if -% the document is modified later -%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} -% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: -%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} - -% references section - -% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file -% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/ -% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at: -% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/ \bibliographystyle{IEEEtran} -\bibliography{bib/references} - -% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) -%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} + % argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s) +\bibliography{IEEEabrv,references} % -% manually copy in the resultant .bbl file -% that's all folks + + +\vfill + \end{document} -